grepcent / static financial knowledge base

Teads Holding Co. (TEAD)

CIK: 0001454938. SIC: 7370 Services-Computer Programming, Data Processing, Etc.. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-03-16.

SIC breadcrumb: Services > Business Services > SIC 7370 Services-Computer Programming, Data Processing, Etc.

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1454938. Latest filing source: 0001454938-26-000015.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read TEAD's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read TEAD's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue1,300,461,000USD20252026-03-16
Net income-517,070,000USD20252026-03-16
Assets1,327,974,000USD20252026-03-16

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-03-16. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001454938.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue687,333,000767,142,0001,015,630,000992,082,000935,818,000889,875,0001,300,461,000
Net income-20,514,0004,357,00010,995,000-24,581,00010,242,000-711,000-517,070,000
Operating income-14,585,00010,177,00034,556,000-13,548,000-8,639,000-12,638,000-399,019,000
Gross profit141,785,000165,062,000240,260,000192,653,000184,798,000192,102,000429,052,000
Diluted EPS-1.340.080.20-0.44-0.06-0.11-5.69
Operating cash flow16,740,00052,986,00056,762,0003,813,00013,746,00068,561,0007,606,000
Capital expenditures2,452,0001,511,0009,743,00013,375,00010,127,0007,380,0005,608,000
Share buybacks280,00014,154,00032,664,00018,521,0006,600,000646,000
Assets356,486,000795,890,000781,148,000664,637,000549,213,0001,327,974,000
Liabilities273,855,000539,115,000563,362,000441,573,000317,870,0001,232,537,000
Stockholders' equity-112,527,000-89,662,000-79,813,000256,775,000217,786,000223,064,000231,343,00095,437,000
Cash and cash equivalents49,593,00093,641,000455,397,000105,580,00070,889,00089,094,000128,223,000
Free cash flow14,288,00051,475,00047,019,000-9,562,0003,619,00061,181,0001,998,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin-2.98%0.57%1.08%-2.48%1.09%-0.08%-39.76%
Operating margin-2.12%1.33%3.40%-1.37%-0.92%-1.42%-30.68%
Return on equity4.28%-11.29%4.59%-0.31%
Return on assets1.22%1.38%-3.15%1.54%-0.13%-38.94%
Liabilities / equity2.102.591.981.3712.91
Current ratio1.082.341.671.351.191.10

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places TEAD against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

TEAD Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 31.TEAD Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 31.31 SIC peersMin -81.3%Median 2.4%Max 60.8%TEAD -39.8%

Operating margin peer context

TEAD Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 31.TEAD Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 31.31 SIC peersMin -125.9%Median 4.2%Max 75.8%TEAD -30.7%

ROE peer context

TEAD ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 27.TEAD ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 27.27 SIC peersMin -121.6%Median 4.5%Max 201.6%TEAD -0.3%

ROA peer context

TEAD ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 32.TEAD ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7370; peer count 32.32 SIC peersMin -48.6%Median 1.6%Max 45.9%TEAD -38.9%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Income statement bridge from reported figures

TEAD FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.TEAD FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.TEAD income bridgeFY2025: revenue to net incomeSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Income statement bridgeReported amount-$750.0M$0.0B$2.0B$1.3BRevenue-$871.4MCost$429.1MGross-$828.1MOpEx-$399.0MOperating-$118.1MOther/tax-$517.1MNet income

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Revenue: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept Revenues; source concepts us-gaap:Revenues | Gross profit: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

TEAD FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.TEAD FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.TEAD free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M$7.6MOperating cash flow-$5.6MCapex$2.0MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001454938-26-000015; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

TEAD revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $1.3BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.

TEAD net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = -$517.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income-$750.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

TEAD operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Operating incomeLatest point: FY2025 = -$399.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating income-$500.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

TEAD gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Gross profitLatest point: FY2025 = $429.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearGross profit$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.

TEAD diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = -$5.69/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$6.00/share$0.00/share$1.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

TEAD operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $7.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

TEAD capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $5.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

TEAD share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $646.0KSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

TEAD assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $1.3BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

TEAD liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $1.2BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

TEAD stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $95.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

TEAD cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $128.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

TEAD free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TEAD Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $2.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001454938-26-000015; filed 2026-03-16. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-08. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001454938.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2021-Q32021-09-30-1.13reported discrete quarter
2022-Q12022-03-31-0.03reported discrete quarter
2022-Q22022-06-30-0.18reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-06-30-10,318,000reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-30229,017,000-0.08reported discrete quarter
2022-Q42022-12-31257,966,000-7,749,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2023-Q12023-03-31231,774,000-5,605,000-0.11reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-3011,282,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-09-30230,015,0000.01reported discrete quarter
2024-Q12024-03-31-5,041,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q12024-06-30214,148,000-0.04reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-30-2,199,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30224,177,0000.01reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31234,586,000-167,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-31286,357,000-54,843,000-0.70reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-03-31-54,843,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-30343,096,000-0.15reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-30-14,313,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-30318,772,000-0.21reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-31352,236,000-428,224,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31265,983,000-38,786,000-0.40reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

TEAD quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $266.0MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M2022-Q32022-Q42023-Q12023-Q22024-Q12024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001454938-26-000037; filed 2026-05-08. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.

TEAD quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = -$38.8MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$500.0M$0.0B$250.0M2022-Q32022-Q42023-Q12023-Q22024-Q12024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001454938-26-000037; filed 2026-05-08. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

TEAD quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.TEAD Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = -$0.40/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$1.50/share$0.00/share$0.50/share2021-Q32022-Q12022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22024-Q12024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001454938-26-000037; filed 2026-05-08. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001454938-26-000037.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-08. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Report”) and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 16, 2026 (“2025 Form 10-K”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs, and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, events, or circumstances to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those set forth in Part I, Item 1A of our 2025 Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference in this Report, as such factors may be revised or supplemented in subsequent filings with the SEC, as well as those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, including under the caption “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

The purpose of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is to provide the readers of our financial statements with narrative information from our management, which is necessary to understand our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. In addition to the condensed consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we use certain non-GAAP financial measures throughout this discussion to provide investors with supplemental metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision making. These measures are supplemental and are not an alternative to our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Business Overview

Teads Holding Co. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Teads,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading omnichannel advertising platform focused on driving outcomes for brand and performance advertisers across the digital ecosystem. We connect global advertisers with an expansive network of media owners across the open web, connected TV (“CTV”), and in‑app environments. The Company is headquartered in New York, New York, with additional operations in Europe, the Middle East, and Asia.

We operate a two-sided marketplace that provides a scaled, end-to-end advertising solution by maintaining direct relationships with global advertisers, including Fortune 500 brands and agency holding companies, as well as media owners spanning premium publishers to CTV, application developers, and other existing and emerging content platforms. We generate revenue primarily from advertisers purchasing media owner inventory through our platform.

The three months ended March 31, 2026, represent the first full-quarter comparative period following the acquisition of TEADS, a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Acquisition”). Consequently, our current results reflect the fully consolidated operations of the combined company. This overview highlights material developments in our business and should be read in conjunction with the more comprehensive business and industry discussion included in the 2025 Form 10-K.

Our platform is designed to enable advertisers to reach their audiences across the digital advertising ecosystem and drive desired outcomes from those audiences at each step of the marketing funnel. We continue to focus on providing efficient, high-impact supply chains for advertisers and sustainable advertising revenue for media owners as the digital advertising ecosystem evolves.

Recent Trends, Risks and Uncertainties

Together with the risk factors identified in our 2025 Form 10-K, we have identified the following developments that may impact our future financial performance or condition:

Post-Acquisition Strategy and Implementation

Following the Acquisition, we focused on the integration of our operations amid operational challenges inherent in returning a combined global company to growth. Building on the restructuring of our go-to-market organization in the second half of 2025, we continue to execute our broader strategic restructuring plan (the “Strategic Plan”) announced in December 2025, which is intended to reduce operating costs, improve operating margins and advance the Company’s commitment to profitable growth. The Strategic Plan, which resulted from a comprehensive review of our business portfolio and operational structure, involves a reduction of the Company’s global workforce by approximately 10% as we realign our commercial and product teams around

28

distinct growth pillars. A key component of this strategy is the deliberate rationalization of our business portfolio and a focus on supply quality, including the “clean-up” of underperforming inventory. While these optimizations, alongside broader macroeconomic volatility and increased competition on the demand side, contributed to a year-over-year reduction in spend from a limited number of customers, we believe these shifts are essential for the long-term health and transparency of our premium marketplace.

Generative AI and Publisher Traffic Trends

The digital advertising ecosystem is experiencing structural shifts and evolving user behaviors, characterized in part by declining traffic trends on the traditional publisher side of the Open Internet. These developments are further catalyzed by the integration of generative artificial intelligence (“AI”) into major search engines and web browsers, which can provide direct answers and summaries that may bypass the traditional user journey. We have observed these combined factors lead to a decline in page view volume for certain segments of our premium publisher partners, thereby reducing the advertising inventory available for monetization on our platform. While this broader evolution presents challenges to traditional traffic patterns, it also creates new opportunities for platform innovation and engagement, and we are already adjusting our strategy to capitalize on these shifts.

Macroeconomic Environment

General worldwide economic conditions continue to experience instability, as well as volatility and disruption in the financial markets. These conditions result from factors including geopolitical tensions, including the effects of the Israel-Hamas conflict and the uncertainty regarding the sustainability of the related cease-fire and the conflict involving Israel, the U.S., Iran and surrounding nations, as well as other geopolitical tensions and uncertainties, global supply chain disruptions, labor market volatility, tariffs and trade wars, general economic uncertainty, inflation, fluctuations in U.S. and global interest rates, and currency exchange rate fluctuations. The global economy is also experiencing heightened uncertainty due to market reactions to changes in international trade and tariff policies, recessionary concerns, corporate bankruptcies, and the impact of actual or potential U.S. government shutdowns, which have the potential to further exacerbate inflationary pressures.

These conditions have negatively impacted our advertisers and, as a result, our business could, if these conditions continue or worsen, adversely impact us in the future, including if our advertisers were to reduce or further reduce their advertising spending. We continue to monitor our operations, and the operations of those in our ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers, and agencies), but these conditions make it difficult to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. Such volatility could cause a further reduction or delay in overall advertising demand and spending or impact our advertisers’ ability to pay, any of which would negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

For additional information regarding the potential impact of macroeconomic factors on our business, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in our 2025 Form 10-K.

Conditions in Israel

Many of our employees, including certain members of our management team and board of directors (“Board”), operate from our offices in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region directly affect our business and operations. Following the October 7, 2023 attacks by Hamas terrorists on Israel’s southern border, Israel declared war against Hamas and since then, Israel has been involved in military conflicts with Hamas, Hezbollah (a terrorist organization based in Lebanon) and Iran, both directly and through proxies. Although a ceasefire between Israel and Hamas took effect on October 10, 2025, there is no assurance that this agreement will continue to be upheld. More recently, in February 2026, hostilities between Israel and Iran escalated again. In late February 2026, Israel, together with the U.S., conducted a major joint military campaign involving air and missile strikes against targets in Iran. These actions triggered a broad Iranian response and contributed to significant regional instability. The situation remains highly fluid, and we are unable to predict when, or on what terms, this escalation will be resolved. As of the date of the filing of this Report, significant volatility and uncertainty persists throughout the Middle East region, with the potential for continued escalation into a broader and more sustained regional conflict.

The draft of Israeli military reservists, as well as the evacuation of Israeli citizens from areas near conflict zones have adversely affected, and continue to adversely affect, our employees impacted by such actions. In addition, government-imposed restrictions and precautions in response to such conflicts may negatively impact our employees, management and directors by interrupting their ability to effectively perform their roles and responsibilities. In addition, further hostilities involving Israel could lead to damage to facilities and infrastructure, increased cyber attacks, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners, and/or the willingness to do business with companies with operations in Israel. Furthermore, macroeconomic indications of the deterioration of Israel’s economic standing as reflected in the downgrading of Israel’s credit

29

rating by rating agencies (such as Moody’s and S&P Global) could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital.

The intensity and duration of these conflicts are difficult to predict and we are continuing to monitor these events and assessing their current and potential impacts on our business. We cannot attribute the impact of the current trends in advertising demand to any particular factor, including conditions in Israel, and cannot predict the impact if these conflicts continue or escalate further. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included in our 2025 Form 10-K for more information regarding certain risks associated with the conditions in Israel.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Advertiser Retention and Growth

Our growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on our platform and by acquiring new advertisers. Our t

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-03-16. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs, and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, events, or circumstances to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

The purpose of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is to provide the readers of our financial statements with narrative information from our management, which is necessary to understand our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. In addition to the audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we use certain non-GAAP financial measures throughout this discussion to provide investors with supplemental metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision making. These measures are supplemental and are not an alternative to our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Business Overview

Acquisition of Teads

On February 3, 2025, Outbrain Inc. (“Outbrain”) completed its acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of TEADS, a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“Legacy Teads”). The consideration paid at the closing of the Acquisition was approximately $900 million, comprising a cash payment of $625 million, subject to certain customary adjustments, and 43.75 million shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share. Following the closing, Altice Teads S.A. owned approximately 46.6% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock. Effective June 6, 2025, Outbrain changed its corporate name to Teads Holding Co. (“Teads”). Effective June 10, 2025, Teads’ shares started trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the trading symbol TEAD.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of operations for Legacy Teads from February 3, 2025 through December 31, 2025. We are presenting the results of predecessor Outbrain’s operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024, which do not include the financial position or results of operations of Legacy Teads as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Throughout this Report, except where otherwise stated or indicated by context, references to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” are to Teads together with its consolidated subsidiaries, references to “Outbrain” are to our predecessor Outbrain, and references to “Legacy Teads” are to TEADS prior to its acquisition by Outbrain.

General

The Company is a leading omnichannel advertising platform focused on driving outcomes for brand and performance advertisers across screens. The Company is headquartered in New York, New York with various wholly-owned subsidiaries, including in Europe, the Middle East and Asia.

The Company was initially formed as Outbrain in Delaware in 2006. Effective June 6, 2025, following the Acquisition, the Company changed its corporate name to Teads.

We operate a two-sided marketplace, which creates a scaled end-to-end advertising solution. We have direct relationships with both (i) global advertisers including Fortune 500 brands, agency holding companies, and small-to-medium sized businesses, and (ii) media owners spanning premium publishers to connected TV (“CTV”), application developers and other existing and emerging content platforms. We generate revenue from advertisers purchasing media owner inventory through our platform.

Our platform is designed to enable advertisers to not only reach their audiences across the digital advertising ecosystem — from web, to CTV, to app environments — but to drive desired outcomes from those audiences at each step of the marketing funnel. These outcomes include completed views, post-click engagement, brand uplift, sign-ups, sales, and more. Leveraging our expansive and often exclusive media inventory across platforms, we believe we provide a more connected consumer experience across the digital advertising ecosystem. Our solution is designed to directly address some of the largest challenges in the advertising industry today — including inefficient supply chains and fragmentation, the threat to publisher page views from

50

Table of Contents

generative artificial intelligence (“AI”), quality and scale of inventory, and the ability to correlate advertising investment to concrete business outcomes. For advertisers and their agencies, we offer a single access point to scaled audiences across premium, curated media environments, with technology solutions that drive outcomes from branding to performance. For media owners, we provide both sustainable, year-round advertising revenue and technology solutions to more deeply engage and retain audiences.

The following is a summary of our performance for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, which incorporates the results of operations for Legacy Teads from February 3, 2025 through December 31, 2025:

•Our revenue was $1,300.5 million in 2025, compared to $889.9 million in 2024. Revenue for 2025 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $15.5 million, and increased $395.1 million, or 44.4%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

•Our gross profit was $429.1 million and our gross margin was 33.0% in 2025, compared to gross profit of $192.1 million and gross margin of 21.6% in 2024.

•Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) was $529.7 million in 2025, compared to $236.1 million in 2024.

•Our net loss was $517.1 million, or (120.5)% of gross profit in 2025, compared to net income of $0.7 million, or (0.4)% of gross profit in 2024. Net loss for 2025 included non-cash impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets of $367.7 million, pre-tax acquisition-related costs of $28.9 million relating to the Acquisition, and restructuring charges of $15.3 million (as defined below).

•Our Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $93.4 million in 2025, compared to $37.3 million in 2024. Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 17.6% and 15.8% of Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) in 2025 and 2024, respectively.

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA and constant currency measures are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Teads

On August 1, 2024, we entered into a definitive share purchase agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) with Altice Teads S.A. (the “Seller” or “Altice Teads”), a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and the sole shareholder of Legacy Teads, and Legacy Teads. Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, we agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Legacy Teads on the terms and conditions set forth in the Share Purchase Agreement. On February 3, 2025, the parties entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement, which revised certain terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, including the consideration paid at the closing of the Acquisition.

On February 3, 2025, we completed the Acquisition for an aggregate closing day consideration of approximately $0.9 billion, including $625 million in cash, subject to certain customary adjustments, and 43.75 million shares of Common Stock. Following the closing, the Seller owned approximately 46.6% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (based on the amount of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of December 31, 2024) and continues to own this approximate percentage as of the filing date of this Report. We believe that the Acquisition created one of the largest Open Internet advertising platforms, which is differentiated by our ability to drive outcomes for awareness, consideration, and performance objectives, across CTV, web and mobile applications.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded Acquisition and integration costs of approximately $28.9 million. See Note 2 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Acquisition.

2025 Restructuring Plans

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, the Company initiated two distinct restructuring plans to streamline operations and align its cost structure with its strategic priorities.

Acquisition Integration Plan (February 2025)

51

Table of Contents

On February 3, 2025, in connection with the completion of the Acquisition, the Company announced a restructuring plan (the “Plan”), as part of its efforts to streamline operations and reduce duplication of roles. The Plan involved a reduction in workforce of approximately 15%. The actions associated with the employee restructuring under the Plan were initiated in February 2025, were implemented in large part in the second quarter of 2025 and were substantially completed in the third quarter of 2025. The Company incurred pre-tax charges totaling $9.6 million in 2025, primarily consisting of severance and other related payments.

Strategic Restructuring Plan (December 2025)

Subsequently, on December 3, 2025, the Company commenced a broader strategic restructuring plan (the “Strategic Plan”) intended to reduce operating costs, improve operating margins and advance the Company’s commitment to profitable growth. The Strategic Plan involves a reduction of the Company’s global workforce by approximately 10%.

We estimate that we will incur approximately $8.0 million to $12.0 million in charges in connection with the Strategic Plan, substantially all of which are expected to be future cash expenditures. These charges consist primarily of notice period and severance payments and employee benefits. We recognized approximately $5.7 million of these charges in the fourth quarter of 2025 and expect to incur the remainder primarily in the first half of 2026.

We expect the Strategic Plan to result in annualized savings of approximately $35.0 million to $40.0 million when fully implemented. We expect the actions associated with the Strategic Plan to be substantially complete in the first half year of 2026, subject to local law and consultation requirements.

Actual charges and the timing of the estimated savings associated with the Strategic Plan may differ materially from our assumptions due to a number of factors, including local labor law requirements and the outcome of consultation processes in Europe and other jurisdictions.

Credit Agreements

In connection with the entry into the Share Purchase Agreement on August 1, 2024, the Company entered into a debt commitment letter, dated August 1, 2024, with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC and Mizuho Bank, LTD, pursuant to which these parties committed to provide (i) a $100 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $750 million.

Subsequently, on February 3, 2025 (the “Credit Facilities Closing Date” or “Acquisition Closing Date”), in connection with the completion of the Acquisition, the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiary, OT Midco Inc. (“Midco”), entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, Midco, the additional borrowers party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as sole administrative agent and swingline lender, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the collateral agent, and the lenders, issuing banks and arrangers party thereto from time to time. The Credit Agreement provided for (a) a super senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million (the “2025 Revolving Facility”) and (b) a senior secured bridge term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $625.0 million (the “Bridge Facility” and, together with the 2025 Revolving Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below and Note 9 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Credit Facilities. On the Credit Facilities Closing Date, Midco borrowed $625 million in aggregate principal amount under the Bridge Facility (the “Bridge Loans”). The proceeds of the Bridge Loans were used to finance the consideration for the Acquisition and to pay related transaction fees, costs and expenses. The 2025 Revolving Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Further, on the Credit Facilities Closing Date, in connection with the entry into the Credit Agreement described above, the Company terminated the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, by and among the Company, Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, Zemanta Holding USA Inc. and Zemanta Inc.

Senior Secured Notes

On February 11, 2025, Midco completed a private offering (the “Offering”) of $637.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.000% senior secured notes due 2030 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 98.087% of the principal amount thereof in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below and Note 9 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Notes.

52

Table of Contents

The proceeds from the Offering were used, together with cash on hand, to repay in full and cancel the indebtedness incurred under the Bridge Facility, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, that was used to finance and pay costs related to the Acquisition, as well as pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Offering and the Bridge Facility refinancing.

On June 17, 2025, the Company completed the repurchase of $9.3 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes for $8.0 million in cash, including accrued interest, representing a discount of approximately 17% to the principal amount of the repurchased Notes.

Impairment of vi

In March 2025, in connection with the post-merger integration of the newly acquired Legacy Teads business, we made a decision to discontinue the video product offering associated with our prior acquisition of video intelligence AG. Accordingly, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, we recorded impairment charges totaling $15.5 million to fully write off the associated intangible assets and capitalized software, as further described in Note 5 and 6 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill Impairment

In the fourth quarter of 2025, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for the Company, as a single reporting unit, in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). During the same period, a sustained decline in our stock price resulted in a significant reduction in our market capitalization, indicating that a potential impairment existed under ASC 350. We estimated the reporting unit’s fair value using a combination of income and market approaches. Based on this assessment, which incorporated current macroeconomic conditions, long‑term growth and margin expectations, and elevated discount rates, we concluded that the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. As a result, we recorded a non‑cash goodwill impairment charge of $352.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

The impairment charge does not affect our cash flows, liquidity, or compliance with debt covenants, nor does it impact our ability to execute our operating or investment plans. We will continue to monitor the reporting unit’s performance and relevant market conditions in future periods and will perform additional impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is below its carrying amount, as further described in Note 5 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

53

Table of Contents

Conditions in Israel

Many of our employees, including certain members of our management team and the Board, operate from our offices in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region directly affect our business and operations. Following the October 7, 2023 attacks by Hamas terrorists on Israel’s southern border, Israel declared war against Hamas and since then, Israel has been involved in military conflicts with Hamas, Hezbollah (a terrorist organization based in Lebanon) and Iran, both directly and through proxies like the Houthi movement in Yemen and armed groups in Iraq and other terrorist organizations. Additionally, following the fall of the Assad regime in Syria, Israel has conducted limited military operations targeting the Syrian army, Iranian military assets and infrastructure linked to Hezbollah and other Iran-supported groups. Although certain cease-fire agreements have been reached with Hamas and Lebanon (with respect to Hezbollah), and some Iranian proxies have declared a halt to their attacks, there is no assurance that these agreements will be upheld. Military activity and hostilities continue to exist at varying levels of intensity, and the situation remains volatile, with the potential for escalation into a broader regional conflict involving additional terrorist organizations and possibly other countries. Also, the fall of the Assad regime in Syria may create geopolitical instability in the region.

In June 2025, direct hostilities broke out between Israel and Iran, involving significant missile and drone strikes exchanged between the two countries. This escalation and other regional events have heightened regional instability and increased security risks across Israel. These events have resulted in significant travel restrictions, facility closures and shelter-in-place orders, including remote work measures, in various locations, and may further impact critical infrastructure, supply chains, and the broader Israeli economy. In October 2025, a cease-fire was brokered between Israel and Hamas. However, we cannot predict if and to what extent this cease-fire will remain in effect or be upheld.

More recently, in February 2026, hostilities between Israel and Iran escalated again. In late February 2026, Israel, together with the U.S., conducted a major joint military campaign involving air and missile strikes against targets in Iran. These actions triggered a broad Iranian response and contributed to significant regional instability. The situation remains highly fluid, and we are unable to predict when, or on what terms, this escalation will be resolved.

The draft of Israeli military reservists, as well as the evacuation of Israeli citizens from areas near conflict zones have adversely affected our employees impacted by such actions. In addition, future government-imposed restrictions and precautions in response to such conflicts may negatively impact our employees, management and directors by interrupting their ability to effectively perform their roles and responsibilities. In addition, further hostilities involving Israel, could lead to damage to facilities and infrastructure, increased cyber attacks, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners, and/or the willingness to do business with companies with operations in Israel. Furthermore, macroeconomic indications of the deterioration of Israel’s economic standing as reflected in the downgrading of Israel’s credit rating by rating agencies (such as Moody’s, S&P Global and Fitch) could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. The intensity and duration of the conflict between Israel and Hamas and the sustainability of the related cease-fire, the conflict involving Israel, the U.S., Iran and surrounding nations, as well as the conflicts with Hezbollah and other terror organizations and Iran and other countries are difficult to predict and we are continuing to monitor the situation and assessing its potential impact on our business.

We cannot attribute the impact of the current trends in advertising demand to any particular factor, including the conditions in Israel, and cannot predict the impact if the war continues or escalates further. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report for more information regarding certain risks associated with the conditions in Israel.

Recent Trends, Risks and Uncertainties

Together with those risk factors we have identified in this Report, we have identified the following important factors that could impact our future financial performance or condition:

Following the Acquisition, we faced operational challenges in returning to growth while implementing the complex integration of two similarly scaled companies. In response, during the second half of 2025, we restructured our go-to-market organization and implemented several measures related to our organizational leadership, structure and processes. These changes have resulted in measurable improvements in leading indicators. We are seeing an increase in new business-generating meetings, a growing pipeline, and a shift in the trajectory of cross-sell revenue. Despite this progress in early-stage metrics, the impact of these improvements on revenue is nascent and has been influenced by factors such as macroeconomic volatility, increased competition, advertiser volatility, and agency relationships in certain geographies and verticals.

We are facing a changing ecosystem, including declining traffic trends on the traditional publisher side of the Open Internet and increased competition on the demand side. The proliferation of generative AI tools, particularly their integration into major search engines and web browsers, is causing a shift in how users discover and consume content online. These tools can provide

54

Table of Contents

users with direct answers and AI-generated summaries which has reduced their need to click through to original publisher websites. This trend of bypassing the traditional user journey to a publisher’s site has led to a decline in direct user traffic. For a representative segment of our premium publisher partners, we have observed this trend result in an approximate 10% to 15% decline in paid page views. A reduction in traffic to our media partners directly decreases the inventory of advertising impressions available for us to monetize which has affected and continues to affect our revenue and results of operations.

Our legacy Outbrain DSP business also experienced headwinds, including from the clean-up of underperforming supply partners and other quality control changes. These changes had a meaningful impact, with a small but impactful number of customers reducing their spend on our platform year over year.

During the third quarter, we engaged an external consulting firm to conduct a comprehensive review of our business to identify opportunities to restore growth and improve profitability. This review provided analysis and specific implementation plans regarding the rationalization of our business portfolio, our operational and organizational structure, and potential further efficiencies, which were converted into detailed execution plans, including the Strategic Plan announced in December 2025 and the realignment of our commercial and product teams around distinct growth pillars.

Macroeconomic Environment

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant instability, as well as volatility and disruption in the financial markets, resulting from factors including geopolitical tensions, including the effects of the Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas conflicts (and the uncertainty regarding the sustainability of the related cease-fire), the conflict involving Israel, the U.S., Iran and surrounding nations, general unrest in Europe, regional instability in Venezuela, instability in the Middle East following the collapse of the Assad regime in Syria, as well as other geopolitical tensions and uncertainties, tariffs and trade wars, new and proposed legislation or government shutdowns in the U.S., general economic uncertainty, inflation, fluctuations in U.S. and global interest rates, recessionary concerns, bank failures or volatility in the financial services sector, currency exchange rate fluctuations, global supply chain disruptions, and labor market volatility. The global economy is also experiencing heightened uncertainty in part due to market reactions to changes in tariff policies, which have the potential to further exacerbate inflationary pressures, with the duration of any such impact remaining uncertain. These conditions have negatively impacted our advertisers and, as a result, our business and could, if they continue or worsen further, adversely impact us in the future, including if our advertisers were to reduce or further reduce their advertising spending as a result of any of these factors. We continue to monitor our operations, and the operations of those in our ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers, and agencies), but these conditions make it difficult for us, our media partners, advertisers, and agencies to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and they could cause a further reduction or delay in overall advertising demand and spending or impact our advertisers’ ability to pay, any of which would negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Advertiser Retention and Growth

Our growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on our platform and by acquiring new advertisers. Our total addressable market includes top, middle, and bottom of the marketing funnel, which allows us to attract diverse, premium demand. We view our full-funnel offering of both branding and performance capabilities as an opportunity to increase advertiser and agency spend on our platform. We invest in our relationships with agencies, both on a local and global basis, aligning on mutually beneficial service level agreements, and building products that help to solve their goals and streamline their operations. In addition, our joint business partnerships (“JBPs”) with large enterprise brands represent a significant overall portion of our revenue and are strategic for driving advertiser retention and growth.

We continually invest in enhancements to our platform that allow advertisers to drive concrete business outcomes and ROAS. In particular, we are expanding our use of AI to automate manual tasks in campaign setup and optimization, while enhancing advertiser creative and overall performance. We also support advertisers with developing creative ads across formats, as a value added service to our advertisers.

Advertiser budgets and pricing on our platform fluctuate from period to period for a variety of reasons, including advertiser-specific cycles and preferences, quality of performance and ROAS, supply and demand balance, macroeconomic conditions, and seasonality. In order to grow our revenue and Ex-TAC Gross Profit and maximize value for our advertisers and media partners, our focus as a business is on driving business outcomes and ROAS for advertisers.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, tens of thousands of unique advertisers were active on our owned and operated platforms, in addition to the thousands of advertisers who access the platform through programmatic partnerships.

55

Table of Contents

Retention and Growth of Relationships with Media Partners

We rely on our relationships with our media partners for our advertising inventory and our corresponding ability to drive advertising revenue. To further strengthen these relationships, we continuously invest in our technology and product functionality to drive user engagement and monetization by taking steps designed to (i) improve our algorithms, referred to as our AI prediction engine; (ii) attract and procure relevant demand; (iii) expand the adoption of our enhanced products by media partners; and (iv) expand our demand capabilities to new formats.

Our relationships with our media partners are typically long-term and strategic in nature, providing us with valuable ad inventory, often on an exclusive basis. Our top 20 media partners leveraged our platform for an average of 7 years (based on 2025 revenue).

Our growth depends on media partners’ ability to drive traffic to their sites, apps or other properties. The proliferation of social media properties, streaming services and other platforms, as well as the adoption of AI have negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact the growth of key segments of our media partners, namely digital publishers. At the same time, the trends in user engagement create new opportunities and further needs from the media partners for our solutions to engage users and enhance monetization.

Expansion Into New Environments, New Experiences and New Ad Formats

The available mediums and formats for consumers to engage with media has greatly expanded over the last several years. As this evolution in media consumption and consumer behavior continues, we are focused on utilizing our AI prediction technology to bring curated, relevant consumer experiences to these new devices, experiences and formats.

Fundamentally, we plan to continue to make our platform available for media partners on all types of devices and platforms and evolve our business to apply our technology to the most popular methods of media consumption, such as CTV environments including HomeScreen advertising placements.

Examples of environments in which content consumption is expected to grow include CTV, online video, mobile in-app environments, and within Large Language Models (“LLMs”) interfaces. Our omnichannel outcomes platform enables advertisers to not only reach their audiences across the broad digital advertising ecosystem — from web, to CTV, to app environments — but to drive outcomes from those audiences at each step of the marketing funnel.

The development and deployment of new ad formats and further penetrating new and growing environments, allow us to better serve advertisers who seek to target and engage consumers at scale. We believe this continues to open and grow new types of advertiser demand, while ensuring relevance of the environments in which we operate.

User Engagement and Driving Desired Outcomes

Driving outcomes is a key pillar of our platform that drives value for media partners and advertisers. Our AI prediction engine manages this dynamic, matching consumers with editorial and advertiser experiences that will deliver desired outcomes across the digital advertising ecosystem.

The ability to deliver on outcomes for our media partners and advertisers is driven by several factors, including enhancements to our AI prediction engine, growth in the breadth and depth of our data assets, the size and quality of our content and advertising index, user engagement, new media partners, expansion on existing media partners and expansion to new media environments and formats. As we expand and invest, we are able to further maximize our efficacy across different screens and devices, support brands effectively across the lifecycle of their needs, and collect and connect more data and, as a result, continually improve our prediction engines, which drives better results for our advertiser and media owner partners.

56

Table of Contents

Investment in Our Technology and Infrastructure

Innovation is a core tenet of our Company and our industry. The dynamic and continuously evolving nature of the digital advertising ecosystem will be significantly impacted by the use of AI in further driving innovative new technologies and solutions. We plan to continue our investments in our people, our technology, and moreover our people’s use of AI in order to retain and enhance our competitive position. For example, improvements to our AI prediction engine or use of additional data signals, helps us deliver more relevant ads, driving higher user engagement, thereby improving ROAS or other desired outcomes for advertisers and increasing monetization for our media partners.

We believe in the transformative power of AI in shaping the future of sustainable media, and we are powered by our deep expertise in using predictive AI technology for years to empower both media owners and advertisers in their businesses. We leverage predictive AI in a manner designed to enable media owners to increase their revenues and connect with audiences on their own platforms. We use machine learning to predict consumer interest and propensity to convert ads to sales. Our technology has developed into a robust AI machine learning system and is largely homegrown by our Research and Development team. One of the strongest long-term levers in our business is the continuous improvement of our algorithms and the data sets our algorithms learn from. Our direct integrations across our media partners’ properties provide us with a large volume of proprietary first-party data, including context, user interest and behavioral signals. The more data points we have, the better we believe our advertisers’ ROAS and yield potential can be.

Our dynamic placement optimization and ad serving technology dynamically adjusts both the arrangement and the formats of content delivered to a user, depending on the user’s preferences and a media partner’s key performance indicators, designed to provide a tailored and engaging experience. We continue to invest in media partner and advertiser focused tools, technology, and products as well as privacy-centric solutions.

Industry Dynamics

Demand for Outcomes Across the Funnel

Our business depends on the overall demand for digital advertising, on the continuous success of our current and prospective media partners, and on general market conditions. Digital advertising is a rapidly growing industry, with growth that has outpaced the growth of the broader advertising industry. Content consumption continues to evolve, requiring media owners to adapt in order to successfully attract, engage and monetize their consumers. As audiences are increasingly engaged across digital media platforms, and as more purchase data is created, collected, integrated and analyzed digitally, advertisers are increasingly able to leverage sophisticated measurement and attribution solutions in order to optimize their advertising spend across the marketing funnel. As a result, advertisers are increasingly shifting spend away from legacy media offerings towards data-based solutions, driven by performance-centric metrics. We believe that our strength in delivering engagement and clear outcomes for advertisers, from high-impact branding to lower-funnel performance, built on our proprietary AI prediction engine, aligns well with the ongoing market shift towards increased accountability and expectations of ROAS from digital advertising spend.

The Role of AI in Content and Personalization

AI is revolutionizing content creation, distribution, and personalization; automating tasks like video editing, image recognition, and language translation. AI-powered systems are also improving content delivery, helping media platforms suggest relevant movies, shows, articles, and advertisements to consumers. This is especially important at a time when advertisers increasingly anticipate measurable results from their digital advertising investments. We believe that our experience in this space enables us to more nimbly capitalize on the opportunities for media owners and advertisers to leverage AI and automation to engage consumers and optimize their business goals. For additional information regarding our strategic approach to these technologies, see “Item 1. Business—Industry” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included in this Report.

Generative AI and Search Trends

At the same time, the proliferation of generative AI tools, particularly their integration into major search engines and web browsers, is causing a shift in how users discover and consume content online. These tools can provide users with direct answers and AI-generated summaries, which has reduced their need to click through to original publisher websites. This trend of bypassing the traditional user journey to a publisher’s site could lead to a significant decline in direct user traffic. A reduction in traffic to our media partners directly decreases the inventory of advertising impressions available for us to monetize, which has affected, and could in the future have a significant effect on, our revenue and results of operations. For additional information regarding the impact of these trends and the related risks to our business, see “Item 1. Business—Industry” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included in this Report.

57

Table of Contents

Regulatory and Platform Changes

Regulators across most developed markets are increasingly focused on enacting and enforcing user privacy rules as well as exerting tighter oversight on the major “walled garden” platforms. Industry participants have recently been, and likely will continue to be, impacted by changes implemented by platform leaders, such as Apple’s change to its Identifier for Advertisers policy and Google’s evolving roadmap pertaining to the use of third-party cookies within its Chrome web browser. See “Item 1. Business—Industry”, “Item 1. Business—Regulatory Environment”, and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included in this Report for additional information regarding changing industry dynamics with respect to industry participants and the regulatory environment.

Seasonality

The global advertising industry experiences seasonal trends that affect most participants in the digital advertising ecosystem. Our revenue generally fluctuates from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonality, as many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, as well as the timing of advertising budget cycles. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year has reflected the highest levels of advertiser spending, and the first quarter generally has reflected the lowest level of advertiser spending.

In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical and discretionary in nature, reflecting changes in brand advertising strategy, budgeting constraints, and buying patterns, and a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. The quarterly rate of increase in our traffic acquisition costs is generally commensurate with the quarterly rate of increase in our revenue. However, traffic acquisition costs have, at times, grown at a faster or slower rate than revenue, primarily due to the mix of the revenue generated or contracted terms with media partners. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue, though historical seasonality may not be predictive of future results given the potential for changes in advertising buying patterns and macroeconomic conditions. These trends will affect our operating results and we expect our revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from advertisers who purchase media inventory from us to deliver digital advertising across a broad range of environments, including web, mobile app, online video, and CTV. Advertisers buy media through our platform using multiple buying models, including cost‑per‑click (“CPC”), cost‑per‑thousand impressions (“CPM”), video completion‑based pricing, and other outcome‑based formats.

Revenue is recognized when an advertisement is delivered or when the specified outcome—such as an impression, click, completed video view, or other measurable event as defined in the contract—occurs. The nature of the outcome depends on the campaign objective and the applicable pricing model.

In most arrangements, we act as the principal in the transaction because we control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to the advertiser. In these cases, we recognize revenue on a gross basis for the amount billed to the advertiser. In certain arrangements, where we do not control the advertising inventory prior to transfer, we act as an agent and recognize revenue on a net basis.

Our revenue is impacted by the level of advertiser demand for our products and by the volume, quality, and performance of available advertising inventory. Demand fluctuates based on macroeconomic conditions, seasonal advertising patterns, campaign performance, brand and performance marketing budgets, and advertiser ROAS expectations. As advertisers achieve their desired ROAS on our platform, they may increase budgets or expand usage of our full‑funnel solutions over time.

We continue to expand and introduce new platform features that are adopted by our advertisers, expand our omnichannel capabilities, extend our reach to more CTV, video offerings, and other inventory and add additional customers whose businesses may have different underlying business models.

Our agreements with advertisers provide them with considerable flexibility to modify their overall budget, price (cost-per-click, cost-per-impression), and the ads they wish to deliver on our platform, which can impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized.

58

Table of Contents

Traffic Acquisition Costs

We define traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) as amounts owed to media partners for the purchase of inventory. We incur costs with our media partners, which may be publishers, third-party intermediaries, or other parties such as original equipment manufacturers, in the period in which certain actions, such as click-throughs, impressions or views occur. Such costs due to media partners are based on the media partners’ contractual revenue share, programmatic bidding or guaranteed minimums based on certain media partner conditions. In some circumstances, we incur costs based on a guaranteed minimum payment, which may be based on either impressions, page views or a fixed amount if the partner reaches certain performance targets, in exchange for guaranteed placement on specified portions of the media partners’ online properties. As such, traffic acquisition costs may not correlate with fluctuations in revenue, as our costs may remain fixed even with a decrease in revenue. Traffic acquisition costs also include amounts payable to media partners whose supply is purchased programmatically.

Other Cost of Revenue

Other cost of revenue consists of costs related to the management of our data centers, hosting fees, data connectivity costs, research and insight costs, and depreciation and amortization. Other cost of revenue also includes the amortization of capitalized software that is developed or obtained for internal use associated with our revenue-generating technologies and amortization of intangible assets.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses are related to the development and enhancement of our platform and consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, amortization of capitalized software for non-revenue generating infrastructure and facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs for personnel engaged in marketing, advertising, client services, and promotional activities. These expenses also include advertising and promotional spend on media, conferences, and other events to market our services, and facilities costs.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, professional fees, facilities costs, insurance, and certain taxes other than income taxes. General and administrative personnel costs include, among others, our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our professional service fees consist primarily of accounting, audit, tax, legal, information technology and other consulting costs, including costs relating to the Acquisition, as well as our compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements.

Impairment of Intangible Assets. Impairment of intangible assets primarily consist of impairments of long-lived assets and capitalized software associated with the discontinuance of the video product offering associated with vi during the first quarter of 2025.

Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill impairment represents a non‑cash charge resulting from a decline in the estimated fair value of goodwill recognized from prior acquisitions, including the Acquisition. This charge does not reflect ongoing operating performance and is excluded from certain financial and performance measures.

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges include non‑recurring severance and related costs incurred in connection with (i) the workforce reduction announced following the Acquisition in February 2025, and (ii) the strategic restructuring plan initiated in December 2025 to streamline operations and reduce costs. These charges are not reflective of ongoing operating performance and are excluded from certain financial and performance measures.

59

Table of Contents

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net is comprised of gains on repurchases of our long-term debt, interest expense, and other (expense) income and interest income, net.

Gain on Repurchase of Long-Term Debt. On June 17, 2025, we completed the repurchase of $9.3 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes for approximately $8.0 million in cash, including accrued interest, at a discount of approximately 17% to the principal amount and recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $1.2 million. In September 2024, we repurchased the remaining $118.0 million of our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (“Convertible Notes”) at a discount of approximately 7.5% of the principal amount and recorded a pre-tax gain of $8.8 million.

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of interest and fees on the Bridge Facility drawn and repaid during the first quarter of 2025, interest on our Notes, the Overdraft Facility (as defined below) assumed in the Acquisition, our revolving credit facilities, our previously outstanding convertible notes, and amortization of the related discount and deferred financing fees. Interest expense may increase if we incur any borrowings under our 2025 Revolving Facility or if we enter into new debt facilities or finance lease arrangements.

Other (Expense) Income and Interest Income, net. Other (expense) income and interest income, net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities, discount amortization on our investments in marketable securities, and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to transactions and monetary asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, including mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses may continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as deferred income taxes and changes in valuation allowance, reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical and future projected taxable income, as well as other objectively verifiable evidence, including our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

60

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We have one operating segment, which is also our reportable segment. The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenue$1,300,461$889,875
Cost of revenue:
Traffic acquisition costs770,799653,731
Other cost of revenue100,61044,042
Total cost of revenue871,409697,773
Gross profit429,052192,102
Operating expenses:
Research and development43,55437,010
Sales and marketing277,34096,931
General and administrative124,14570,057
Impairment of intangible assets15,614
Goodwill impairment352,130
Restructuring charges15,288742
Total operating expenses828,071204,740
Loss from operations(399,019)(12,638)
Other income (expense)
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt1,2258,782
Interest expense(75,135)(3,649)
Other (expense) income and interest income, net(4,755)9,209
Total other (expense) income, net(78,665)14,342
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes(477,684)1,704
Provision for income taxes39,3862,415
Net loss$(517,070)$(711)
Other Financial Data:
Research and development as % of revenue3.3%4.2%
Sales and marketing as % of revenue21.3%10.9%
General and administrative as % of revenue9.5%7.9%
Ex-TAC Gross Profit (1)$529,662$236,144
Adjusted EBITDA (1)$93,374$37,300

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Revenue

Revenue increased $410.6 million, or 46.1%, to $1,300.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $889.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. Revenue for 2025 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $15.5 million, and increased $395.1 million, or 44.4%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

61

Table of Contents

Our reported increases in revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 were primarily attributable to incremental revenues from the Acquisition of $517.2 million, offset in part by lower revenues of $106.6 million from the legacy Outbrain business. The decline in legacy Outbrain revenue was primarily driven by lower ad impressions from certain media partners and reduced revenue from select legacy products. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for information regarding the constant currency measures provided in this discussion and below to supplement our reported results.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs — Traffic acquisition costs increased $117.1 million, or 17.9%, to $770.8 million in 2025, compared to $653.7 million in the prior year period. Traffic acquisition costs for 2025 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $13.5 million, and increased $103.6 million, or 15.8%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

The increase was primarily attributable to $214.3 million incurred in connection with the Acquisition, offset in part by a $97.2 million decrease in traffic acquisition costs related to Outbrain, which was consistent with the decline in Outbrain revenues during the period. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased year over year, primarily reflecting the revenue mix impact of the Acquisition and lower traffic acquisition costs associated with the Outbrain business.

Other cost of revenue — increased $56.6 million, or 128.4%, to $100.6 million in 2025, compared to $44.0 million in the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to $53.6 million of the other cost of revenue associated with the Acquisition and includes costs incurred from the Acquisition date onward. The remaining increase primarily reflected higher operating and infrastructure‑related costs associated with supporting the expanded business and integration costs following the Acquisition.

Gross profit — increased $237.0 million, or 123.3%, to $429.1 million in 2025, compared to $192.1 million in 2024. Gross profit for 2025 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.9 million, and increased $235.0 million, or 122.4%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

The increase was primarily attributable to $249.3 million associated with the Acquisition, offset in part by a $12.3 million decrease related to Outbrain, primarily reflecting lower revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit increased $293.5 million, or 124.3%, to $529.7 million in 2025, from $236.1 million in 2024. Ex-TAC Gross Profit for 2025 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.9 million, and increased $291.6 million, or 123.5%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

The increase was primarily attributable to $302.9 million associated with the Acquisition, offset in part by a $9.4 million decrease related to Outbrain, primarily reflecting lower revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $623.3 million, or 304.5%, to $828.1 million in 2025, from $204.7 million in 2024. The reported increase was primarily attributable to the impact of the Acquisition, including acquisition and integration costs, impairment charges of goodwill and intangible assets during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

Research and development expenses — increased $6.5 million in 2025 compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by $15.0 million of research and development expenses attributable to the Acquisition and includes costs incurred from the Acquisition date onward. This increase was partially offset by a $8.5 million decrease in R&D expenses within the Outbrain business, reflecting compensation and contractor cost reductions following restructuring actions and efforts to centralize certain R&D activities and processes after the Acquisition.

Sales and marketing expenses — increased $180.4 million in 2025 compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to $182.1 million of sales and marketing expenses associated with the Acquisition and includes costs incurred from the acquisition date onward. Sales and marketing expenses within the Outbrain business decreased modestly during the period, primarily reflecting lower compensation and commission costs following restructuring actions implemented in connection with the Acquisition.

62

Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses — increased $54.1 million in 2025 compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to $32.3 of million general and administrative expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition and includes costs incurred from the Acquisition date onward. The remaining increase was primarily driven by higher non‑compensation expenses within the Outbrain business, including transaction and post‑merger integration costs, increased professional fees, and higher tax expenses. These increases were partially offset by lower compensation‑related costs following restructuring and headcount reductions implemented in connection with the Acquisition.

Impairment of intangible assets — were $15.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and were largely attributable to the full impairment of the carrying values of the definite-lived intangible assets associated with our previously acquired vi business, in connection with our decision to discontinue the related video product offering as part of our post-merger integration following the Acquisition (see Notes 5 and 6 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information).

Goodwill impairment — The Company recorded a non‑cash goodwill impairment charge of $352.1 million during 2025. There was no goodwill impairment charge in the prior year period. The impairment was recorded based on a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment performed. The charge primarily related to goodwill recognized in connection with the Acquisition (see Note 5 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information).

Restructuring charges —increased $14.5 million in 2025 compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to termination-related costs associated with two workforce reduction actions under the Company’s strategic restructuring plans, which were announced on February 3 and December 3, 2025 (see Note 3 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information).

Other Income (Expense)

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt — In June 2025, we completed the repurchase of $9.3 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes for approximately $8.0 million in cash, including accrued interest, representing a discount of approximately 17% to the principal amount of the repurchased Notes. As a result, we realized a pre-tax gain of approximately $1.2 million within other income in our consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $8.8 million in connection with our repurchase of the remaining $118.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes in September 2024.

Interest expense — increased $71.5 million to $75.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, from $3.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by $59.7 million of interest expense on the Notes, including interest and amortization of the related discount and deferred financing fees, as well as $13.3 million of fees and interest related to the Bridge Facility, which was drawn to finance the cash portion of the Acquisition consideration and subsequently repaid with the proceeds from the Notes in February 2025. These increases were partially offset by reduced interest expense of $2.5 million due to the repurchase of the previously outstanding Convertible Notes.

Other (expense) income and interest income, net — decreased $14.0 million to net other expense of $4.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, compared to net other income of $9.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily attributable to increased foreign currency losses of $12.3 million resulting from the remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies and lower investment income of $5.0 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $39.4 million in 2025, compared to $2.4 million in 2024. The increase in 2025 was primarily due to an increase in valuation allowance and a new liability related to unremitted foreign earnings recorded in 2025, partially offset by anticipated foreign branch tax credits recorded in 2025, lower tax rates in certain foreign jurisdictions in 2025, and a pre-tax loss in 2025 as compared to pre-tax income in 2024. Our effective tax rate was (8.2)% in 2025 compared to 141.7% in 2024, primarily due to the limited pre-tax income in 2024 magnifying the impact of certain unfavorable tax rate reconciling items such as non-deductible costs in 2024 as compared to 2025, partially offset by an increase in valuation allowance coupled with a pre-tax loss in 2025.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the “OBBBA”) was enacted into law in the U.S., with certain provisions of the OBBBA effective in 2025 and others becoming effective in 2026 and beyond. The OBBBA amends U.S. tax law including provisions related to bonus depreciation, interest deduction limitations, research and development, and foreign derived intangible income. The OBBBA provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s total tax benefits or expense for

63

Table of Contents

the period ended December 31, 2025 but will result in lower cash taxes due to a favorable change to the U.S. interest expense limitation regime, which allowed for more interest to be deducted in 2025 rather than carried forward into future years. The Company will continue to evaluate discretionary elections available and other provisions effective in 2026.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets in several jurisdictions, most notably in the U.S. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. Evidence considered by the Company included (but was not limited to): an analysis of cumulative income or loss in the three year period ended December 31, 2025, permanent differences in computing taxable income such as global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) and Subpart F income in the U.S., any contemplated restructuring or planning, and a scheduling of future sources of income.

As of December 31, 2025, we are in a three-year cumulative loss position in the U.S. Under applicable accounting guidance, a cumulative loss in recent years represents significant, objective evidence that is difficult to overcome. After weighing all the evidence, we determined that the weight of the objective negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and have recorded an increase to the valuation allowance against U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets.

As of each reporting date, the Company will continue to consider existing evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact its view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. It is possible that the valuation allowance could change in the next 12 months.

The Company has evaluated the potential impact of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (“OECD”) Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax framework, which introduces a global minimum tax rate of 15% for multinational enterprises. Legislation enacted in numerous countries as of December 31, 2025 had an immaterial impact on the Company’s 2025 results. Further, in January 2026, the OECD issued further administrative guidance introducing a side-by-side framework under Pillar Two that would exclude U.S.-parented groups from certain Pillar Two provisions in recognition of existing U.S. minimum tax rules. The Company will continue to monitor legislative developments but does not anticipate any material impact on its consolidated financial statements at this time.

A provision enacted as part of the 2017 Tax Cuts & Jobs Act requires companies to capitalize certain research and experimental expenditures for tax purposes in tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. As a result, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s U.S. federal net operating losses have been fully utilized, with the exception of those subject to the annual limitation provided for in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which resulted in higher cash taxes and lower effective tax rate due to a deduction related to foreign-derived intangible income.

The Company’s previously undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are no longer indefinitely reinvested due to current U.S. funding needs. Therefore, in 2025, an incremental deferred tax liability of $8.4 million was recorded for withholding tax and other income taxes due upon future distribution of earnings. The Company will evaluate opportunities to distribute earnings in a tax-efficient manner to minimize cash tax while achieving its liquidity and capital allocation objectives.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, tax planning initiatives, as well as certain discrete items.

Net Loss

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net loss of $517.1 million in 2025, as compared to net loss of $0.7 million in 2024.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $56.1 million to $93.4 million in 2025 from $37.3 million in 2024, largely driven by the Acquisition. Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2025 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $4.4 million. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to our net income (loss).

64

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Because we are a global company, the comparability of our operating results is affected by foreign exchange fluctuations. We calculate certain constant currency measures and foreign currency impacts by translating the current year’s reported amounts, reflecting only our organic performance and excluding the impact of new acquisitions during the year, into comparable amounts using the prior year’s exchange rates. All constant currency financial information being presented is non-GAAP and should be used as a supplement to our reported operating results. We believe that this information is helpful to our management and investors to assess our operating performance on a comparable basis. However, these measures are not intended to replace amounts presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may be different from similar measures calculated by other companies.

We present Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Free Cash Flow, and Adjusted Free Cash Flow because they are key profitability measures used by our management and our Board to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, develop short-term and long-term operational plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that these measures provide information to investors and the market in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board.

These non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures below. These non-GAAP financial measures are subject to significant limitations, including those identified below. In addition, other companies in our industry may define these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue, gross profit, net loss or net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Ex-TAC Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross profit is the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure. In calculating Ex-TAC Gross Profit, we add back other cost of revenue to gross profit. Ex-TAC Gross Profit may fluctuate in the future due to various factors, including, but not limited to, seasonality and changes in the number of media partners and advertisers, advertiser demand or user engagements.

There are limitations on the use of Ex-TAC Gross Profit in that traffic acquisition cost is a significant component of our total cost of revenue but not the only component and, by definition, Ex-TAC Gross Profit presented for any period will be higher than gross profit for that period. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP financial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have a similar business, may define Ex-TAC Gross Profit differently, which may make comparisons difficult. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue or gross profit presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Ex-TAC Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(In thousands)
Revenue$1,300,461$889,875
Traffic acquisition costs(770,799)(653,731)
Other cost of revenue(100,610)(44,042)
Gross profit429,052192,102
Other cost of revenue100,61044,042
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$529,662$236,144

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before gain on repurchase of long-term debt; interest expense; other expense (income) and interest income, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation, and other nonrecurring income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to acquisition and integration costs, restructuring, and impairment charges. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period.

65

Table of Contents

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board. However, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(In thousands)
Net loss$(517,070)$(711)
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt(1,225)(8,782)
Interest expense75,1353,649
Other expense (income) and interest income, net4,755(9,209)
Provision for income taxes39,3862,415
Depreciation and amortization66,72019,479
Stock-based compensation13,71015,461
Acquisition and integration costs28,93114,256
Restructuring charges15,288742
Impairment of intangible assets15,614
Goodwill impairment352,130
Adjusted EBITDA$93,374$37,300
Net loss as % of gross profit(120.5)%(0.4)%
Adjusted EBITDA as % of Ex-TAC Gross Profit17.6%15.8%

_________________________

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Adjusted free cash flow is defined as free cash flow plus direct acquisition costs. Free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow are supplementary measures used by our management and the Board to evaluate our ability to generate cash and we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of our available cash flows. Free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow should be considered as supplemental measures and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$7,606$68,561
Purchases of property and equipment(5,608)(7,380)
Capitalized software development costs(17,148)(9,913)
Free cash flow$(15,150)$51,268
Direct acquisition costs21,1193,991
Adjusted free cash flow$5,969$55,259

66

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We regularly evaluate the cash requirements for our operations, commitments, acquisitions, development activities and capital expenditures and manage our liquidity risk in a manner consistent with our corporate priorities. Our current investment program is focused on achieving maximum returns within our investment policy parameters, while preserving capital and maintaining sufficient liquidity.

We believe that our operating cash flow, cash and cash equivalents and investments, and available borrowing capacity, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating expenses and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, there are multiple factors that could impact our future liquidity, including our business performance, ability to collect payments from advertisers, having to pay media partners even if advertisers default on their payments, or other factors described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash receipts from our advertisers, cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and the available capacity under our 2025 Revolving Facility discussed below.

We have historically experienced higher cash collections during our first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter sales, and, as a result, our working capital needs typically decrease during the first quarter. We generally expect these trends to continue in future periods.

As of December 31, 2025, our available liquidity was as follows:

December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)$128,223
Short-term investments10,476
2025 Revolving Facility (2)40,000
Total$178,699

__________________________

(1) As of December 31, 2025, approximately $25.0 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held outside of the United States by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. In 2025, we also recognized $8.4 million of deferred tax liabilities associated with the expected tax consequences of future distributions of foreign earnings, including amounts related to cash and cash equivalents held outside the United States.

(2) On February 3, 2025, we entered into the Credit Agreement, which established the Credit Facilities, including the 2025 Revolving Facility and the Bridge Facility, and our subsidiary, Midco, borrowed $625 million in aggregate principal amount of Bridge Loans under the Bridge Facility to finance the cash portion of the Acquisition consideration and the related transaction fees, costs and expenses. On February 11, 2025, the Bridge Facility, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, was fully repaid and cancelled using proceeds from the Offering and cash on hand.

Loans under the 2025 Revolving Facility (the “Revolving Loans”) bear interest, at the Company’s option, at (x) secured overnight financing rate, subject to a “zero” floor, plus an interest rate margin of 4.25% per annum or (y) an alternate base rate plus an interest rate margin of 3.25% per annum. In addition, the 2025 Revolving Facility accrues an unused commitment fee at a rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.50%, depending on the Company’s senior secured net leverage ratio, as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The 2025 Revolving Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and our subsidiaries. Up to $10.0 million of the 2025 Revolving Facility is available in the form of letters of credit and up to $20.0 million of the 2025 Revolving Facility is available in the form of swingline loans. The Company may seek incremental commitments under the 2025 Revolving Facility from lenders or other financial institutions up to an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of $62.5 million and 25% of the Company’s EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The 2025 Revolving Facility lenders will not be under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments, and any such increase in commitments will be subject to certain customary conditions precedent.

67

Table of Contents

Additional wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company organized in certain jurisdictions may become borrowers under the 2025 Revolving Facility from time to time. The Credit Facilities are senior secured obligations of the Company, Midco and the Credit Facilities Guarantors (as defined in Note 9 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements), provided, that, with respect to the application of proceeds from enforcement or distressed disposals of collateral, the 2025 Revolving Facility will rank super senior to other senior secured indebtedness of the Company, Midco and the Credit Facilities Guarantors, including the Bridge Facility.

The Credit Agreement includes a customary springing financial covenant with respect to the 2025 Revolving Facility that will require the Company and our restricted subsidiaries to comply with a maximum senior secured net leverage ratio from and after the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2025, in the event that utilization under the 2025 Revolving Facility exceeds 40%.

In connection with the entry into the Credit Agreement described above, we terminated the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, by and among the Company, Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, Zemanta Holding USA Inc. and Zemanta Inc. and replaced it with the new 2025 Revolving Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all related financial covenants and had no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, because our senior secured net leverage ratio exceeded the maximum threshold as of December 31, 2025, our available borrowing capacity was limited to $40.0 million (representing 40% of the facility limit) to maintain compliance with the springing financial covenant. See Note 9 to the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information related to terms, conditions and covenants.

Material Cash Requirements

We plan to meet our liquidity needs through available cash, cash generated from our operations and our borrowing capacity. Our primary uses of liquidity are payments to our media partners, our operating expenses, capital expenditures, our long-term debt and the related interest payments. We primarily use our operating cash for payments due to media partners and vendors, as well as for personnel costs, and other employee-related expenditures. Our contracts with media partners are generally variable based bids on impressions or guaranteed minimum payments if the media partner reaches certain performance targets, and for legacy Outbrain may also include revenue share arrangements with media partners. See “Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures —Traffic Acquisition Costs.” We may also acquire or make investments in complementary companies or technologies, such as the Acquisition.

Debt Obligations

The following table presents our debt obligations as of December 31, 2025. We had no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2024.

December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
10% Senior Secured Notes (1)$628,226
Debt discount(10,364)
Unamortized debt issuance costs(12,749)
Total long-term debt605,113
Short-term debt (€15 million) (2)17,595
Total debt$622,708

___________________________________

(1) On February 11, 2025, Midco completed the Offering of the Notes at an issue price of 98.087% of the principal amount thereof in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Notes bear interest from February 11, 2025 at an annual rate of 10.000%, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2025. The Notes will mature on February 15, 2030.

On June 17, 2025, we completed the repurchase of $9.3 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes for $8.0 million in cash, including accrued interest, representing a discount of approximately 17% to the principal amount of the repurchased Notes. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $1.2 million within other income in our consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

68

Table of Contents

The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally on a secured, unsubordinated basis by the Company and each existing and future wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company that becomes a borrower, issuer or guarantor under the 2025 Revolving Facility. The Notes are also secured by first-priority lien over (i) all or substantially all assets of OT Midco, Outbrain and Teads Australia PTY Ltd, a subsidiary of Outbrain in Australia, and (ii) certain assets of some of the other direct and indirect subsidiaries of Outbrain in England and Wales, Canada, Germany, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland, Luxembourg, Japan, Italy, France and Israel.

The terms of the Indenture, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and our restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, (ii) pay dividends or make other restricted payments; (iii) make certain investments, (iv) transfer and sell assets, (v) create or incur certain liens, (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates and (vii) consolidate or merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Indenture provides for customary events of default which include, among other things (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), defaults based on (i) the failure to make payments under the Indenture when due, (ii) breach of covenants, (iii) acceleration of other material indebtedness, (iv) bankruptcy events and (v) material judgments. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all of the Notes to be due and payable.

(2) Upon the close of the Acquisition, the Company’s new French subsidiary has an overdraft short-term credit facility with HSBC (the “Overdraft Facility”), which provides Teads France with a revolving line of credit of up to €15 million at a 3-month Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”), plus a margin of 1.8%, payable quarterly in arrears. This facility may be used to fund general working capital needs of Teads France. Borrowings under the Overdraft Facility are subject to a commission fee of 0.035% per annum, and a facility fee of 1.25% per annum. There are no financial covenants relating to the Overdraft Facility.

See Note 9 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to our debt obligations.

Share Repurchases

On December 14, 2022, our Board approved a new stock repurchase program, authorizing us to repurchase up to $30 million of our Common Stock, with no requirement to purchase any minimum number of shares. The manner, timing, and actual number of shares repurchased under the program will depend on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, and other investment opportunities. Shares may be repurchased through privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases, including through the use of trading plans intended to qualify under Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended, or terminated at any time at our discretion without prior notice. There were no shares repurchased under the stock repurchase program during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 1,410,001 shares with a fair value of $5.8 million under the repurchase program. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining availability under our $30 million share repurchase program was $6.6 million.

In addition, we periodically withhold shares to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations arising in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and exercise of options and warrants in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and the underlying award agreements. During 2025 and 2024, we withheld 207,573 shares and 162,157 shares, respectively, with a fair value of $0.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, to satisfy the minimum employee tax withholding obligations.

69

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures and Capitalized Software Development Costs

Our cash flow used in investing activities included capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Our capital expenditures were $5.6 million in 2025 and we currently anticipate capital expenditures of between $3 million and $5 million in 2026, primarily related to servers, computing equipment, and other related infrastructure. Actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

Our capitalized software development costs were $17.1 million in 2025 and we currently expect capitalized software development costs to be between $20 million and $27 million in 2026. These investments primarily relate to our continuing development of products and technologies to drive positive results for our customers, including infrastructure to support increased AI and machine‑learning workloads, and the development of internal software designed to streamline operations and support the scaling of our centralized platform capabilities. Actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

Other Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table presents our non-cancelable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2025.

Payments Due by Period
Total202620272028Thereafter
(In thousands)
Non-cancelable purchase commitments (1)141,28358,65043,94035,2353,458

___________________

(1)Non-cancelable purchase commitments include data service contracts and other hosting agreements, network services, technology and IT costs, research and insight costs, and other costs to maintain our platform, and exclude individually and collectively immaterial non‑cancelable commitments. See Note 11 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to non-cancelable purchase commitments.

Uncertain tax positions. We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded $27.1 million related to uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2025. See Note 10 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statement the additional information.

Long-term Debt and interest expense. We have $628.2 million of senior secured notes outstanding, with no principal repayment due until February 15, 2030. The senior secured notes have future interest payments of approximately $62.8 million in each of 2026 through 2029, and $31.4 million in 2030. See Note 9 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to our debt obligations.

Operating lease obligation. The Company also has future operating lease obligations, which are included in the maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities under operating leases in Note 8 to our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

Other Commercial Commitments. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements with certain media partners under which, in some cases, we agree to pay a guaranteed amount—generally tied to page views, placements, or other inventory-based metrics. These arrangements could result in losses on individual media partner accounts when guaranteed amounts exceed the revenue ultimately generated. Contract terms typically range from one to several years. See Note 11 to our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the major components of our net cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$7,606$68,561
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities(554,184)67,153
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities585,335(117,702)
Effect of exchange rate changes1,218634
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$39,975$18,646

70

Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.6 million for 2025, compared to $68.6 million for 2024, representing a decrease of $61.0 million year over year. The decrease was driven primarily by changes in operating assets and liabilities, which provided $7.1 million of cash in 2025, compared with $42.3 million in 2024, resulting in an unfavorable year‑over‑year change of $35.2 million. This reduced contribution was primarily attributable to lower payables and accrued liabilities, higher cash lease payments, and a lower contribution from accounts receivable and other current assets. In addition, net income after non-cash adjustments decreased $25.8 million in 2025 compared to 2024. This decrease was in large part due to one-time expenses associated with the Acquisition and related post‑Acquisition integration activities, as well as one‑time costs associated with the Company’s two restructuring plans that took place during 2025.

Our adjusted free cash flow decreased $49.3 million to $6.0 million in 2025 from $55.3 million in 2024, primarily driven by lower operating cash flow, adjusted for payments of direct Acquisition costs, offset in part by increased capitalized software development costs. Free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $554.2 million for 2025, compared to net cash provided of $67.2 million for 2024 representing a year‑over‑year decrease of $621.3 million. The change was primarily driven by $598.3 million increase in cash used for the Acquisition (cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired), a $17.8 million decrease in net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities under our investment program (net of purchases), and a $5.5 million increase in cash used for capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs, compared to 2024.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities increased to $585.3 million for 2025, compared with net cash used of $117.7 million for 2024, an overall increase of $703.0 million. The change was primarily driven by $625.3 million of net proceeds from debt issuances related to the Acquisition, after repayment of the Bridge Loan. In addition, financing cash flows benefited from $102.1 million in lower long‑term debt repayments and $6.0 million in reduced share repurchases during the year. These increases were partially offset by debt financing related costs payments of $31.0 million incurred for the Acquisition during 2025.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application than most of our accounting policies and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements. Readers are encouraged to consider this summary together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, including Note 1, for a more complete understanding of the critical accounting policies discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

The determination of whether our revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis requires judgment. In most arrangements, we act as principal because we control the specified advertising inventory before it is transferred to the advertiser. This control includes the ability to monetize and direct the use of the inventory and being primarily responsible for delivery. As a result, we recognize revenue on a gross basis, with amounts payable to media partners recorded as traffic acquisition costs within cost of revenue. In arrangements where we do not control the specified inventory prior to transfer, we act as agent and recognize revenue on a net basis.

Stock-based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the awards and account for forfeitures as they occur. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires management to use estimates and assumptions, which involve

71

Table of Contents

uncertainties and are subjective in nature. Changes in key assumptions could impact the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards.

The fair value of our previously issued stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses key inputs such as the expected volatility, the risk-free rate, the expected term and the expected dividend yield. The fair value of our restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on the fair value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for options and RSUs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective requisite service periods.

Our performance stock units (“PSUs”) granted in 2023 have a service condition, as well as a performance condition. Such awards vest over a period of three years, subject to the employee’s continued employment and satisfaction of certain pre-established performance targets based on our financial metrics, up to a maximum of 100% of the PSUs granted. The fair value of these awards was determined based on the closing price of the Common Stock at the date of grant and expense was recognized ratably during the 3-year performance period, based on our expectation of attaining the performance targets. Cumulative expense adjustments were reflected whenever there was a change in expected achievement of the performance condition. Following completion of the performance period at December 31, 2025, these shares are scheduled to vest in the first quarter of 2026.

In June 2024 and 2025, we granted market-based PSU awards to our senior executives and other key employees, which are earned subject to achievement of specified stock price hurdles for 20 days out of a 30-trading day window during the 3-year performance period, as well as continued employment through the quarterly vesting dates over a 3-year period. The number of shares that are eligible to vest range from 0% to 100% of the number of PSUs granted based on achievement of the specified stock price hurdles, with half of our CEO’s 2024 PSU award subject to vesting based on two additional above-target stock price hurdles.

In June 2025, the Company also granted relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) PSU awards with vesting dependent on the Company’s TSR relative to the market performance of the designated peer group. The performance achievement for the relative TSR awards is measured based on the actual performance against the relative TSR goals measured over the period beginning with the date of grant through the end of each calendar year in the 3-year performance period, subject to employee’s continuing employment through the annual settlement dates of the vested awards. The number of shares that are eligible to vest range from 0% to 150% of the relative TSR awards granted, depending on the Company’s relative TSR ranking based on pre-established goals, subject to interpolation between applicable performance levels.

We estimate the fair value of PSU awards with a market condition using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model, which uses subjective assumptions and simulates multiple stock price paths of the Common Stock to determine the fair value of market-based PSUs on the date of grant. Key assumptions in determining the fair value include expected volatility, risk free interest rate and dividend yield. Compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method over the greater of the derived service period, based on the Monte Carlo simulation, or the explicit quarterly service period. Compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recorded regardless of whether the market condition will be ultimately satisfied.

In June 2025, the Company granted PSU awards with vesting dependent on achievement of specified financial metrics measured over the life of the award, but with the total number of potential PSUs to be earned to be determined based on the achievement of specified financial metrics measured over the first year of the performance period. The fair value of these awards was determined based on the closing price of the Common Stock at the date of grant and expense was recognized ratably during the 3-year performance period, based on our expectation of attaining the performance targets. Cumulative expense adjustments were reflected whenever there was a change in expected achievement of the performance condition.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Under this method, the Company identifies the accounting acquirer and the acquisition date and recognizes the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interests at their acquisition‑date fair values. The Company allocates the purchase price to identifiable assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at Acquisition date, which requires management to use key assumptions, including estimates of future revenue, customer attrition rates, and a discount rate.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the consideration transferred, including the fair value of any contingent consideration, over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill

72

Table of Contents

and measured at fair value. Acquisition‑related costs are expensed as incurred.

If the accounting for a business combination is incomplete as of the reporting date, provisional amounts are recorded and adjusted during the measurement period when new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date becomes available. Measurement‑period adjustments are recognized in the period in which they are determined, with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, valuation allowances or uncertain tax positions that qualify as measurement‑period adjustments are recorded as adjustments to goodwill; all other income tax effects are recognized in income tax expense.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdictions in which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our history of pre-tax income, projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income available to carryback to prior years and our tax planning strategies.

As of December 31, 2025, we are in a three-year cumulative loss position in the U.S. Under applicable accounting guidance, a cumulative loss in recent years represents significant, objective evidence that is difficult to overcome. After weighing all the evidence, we determined that the weight of the objective negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and have recorded an increase to the valuation allowance against U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related interest and penalties.

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to account for income taxes during the past three fiscal years. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in tax-related balances.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Under ASC 350, goodwill impairment testing is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

During the fourth quarter of 2025, a sustained decrease in our stock price resulted in a significant decline in our market capitalization, which we determined to be a triggering event indicating that a potential impairment existed. As a result, we conducted a quantitative goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2025 and estimated the fair value of our single reporting unit using a combination of an income approach (discounted cash flow model) and a market approach (guideline public company method). The discounted cash flow model requires key assumptions including projected revenue growth, and a

73

Table of Contents

discount rate reflective of market and company‑specific risk factors. Under the market approach, the Company considered valuation multiples of publicly traded companies operating in similar markets to develop a market‑participant–based indication of fair value. The Company evaluated the relevance and comparability of guideline companies and applied market‑participant considerations in assessing the market approach results.

Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for recently adopted accounting standards, as well as recently issued accounting standards, which may have an impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

74

Table of Contents

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001454938-25-000020.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-03-07. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs, and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, events, or circumstances to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

The purpose of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is to provide the readers of our financial statements with narrative information from our management, which is necessary to understand our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. In addition to the audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we use certain non-GAAP financial measures throughout this discussion to provide investors with supplemental metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision making. These measures are supplemental and are not an alternative to our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Acquisition of Teads

On February 3, 2025, Outbrain Inc. (“Outbrain”) completed the previously announced acquisition (“Acquisition”) of TEADS, a private limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“Teads”). The consideration paid at the closing of the Acquisition was approximately $900 million, comprised of a cash payment of $625 million, subject to certain customary adjustments, and 43.75 million shares of the Common Stock.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), the financial statements of Outbrain do not include the financial position or results of operations of Teads, since the Acquisition occurred subsequent to year-end.

In this MD&A, except where otherwise stated or indicated by context, references to “Outbrain,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” are to Outbrain (together with its subsidiaries) prior to the Acquisition, references to “Teads” are to Teads independently and references to the “Combined Company” are to the combined company following the Acquisition. The Combined Company will operate under the name Teads.

Business Overview

The Combined Company, combining the capabilities of Outbrain and Teads, is a leading omnichannel advertising platform focused on driving outcomes across the Open Internet. The Combined Company is headquartered in New York, New York with various wholly-owned subsidiaries, including in Europe, Israel and Asia.

Both Outbrain and Teads operate a two-sided marketplace, which together, create a scaled end-to-end advertising solution. The Combined Company has direct relationships with both (i) global advertisers including Fortune 500 brands, agency holding companies, and small-to-medium sized businesses, and (ii) media owners spanning premium publishers to connected TV (“CTV”) platforms. The Combined Company generates revenue from advertisers purchasing media owner inventory through its platforms.

The Combined Company’s platform is designed to enable advertisers to not only reach their audiences across the entire Open Internet — from web, to CTV, to app environments — but to drive outcomes from those audiences at each step of the marketing funnel. These outcomes include completed views, post-click engagement, brand uplift, sign-ups, sales, and more. The Combined Company’s solution directly addresses the largest challenges in the advertising industry today — including inefficient supply chains and fragmentation, quality and scale of inventory, and the ability to correlate advertising investment to concrete business outcomes. For advertisers and their agencies, the Combined Company offers a single access point to scaled audiences across premium, curated media environments, with technology solutions that drive outcomes from branding to performance. For media owners, the Combined Company provides both sustainable, year-round advertising revenue and technology solutions to more deeply engage and retain audiences.

By combining the respective sets of exclusive media inventory of Outbrain and Teads, from publishers to CTV, the Combined Company believes it provides a more connected consumer experience across the Open Internet.

50

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of Outbrain’s performance for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

•Our revenue was $889.9 million in 2024, compared to $935.8 million in 2023. Revenue for 2024 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $2.4 million, and decreased $43.5 million, or 4.7%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

•Our gross profit was $192.1 million and our gross margin was 21.6% in 2024, compared to gross profit of $184.8 million and gross margin of 19.7% in 2023.

•Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) was $236.1 million in 2024, compared to $227.4 million in 2023.

•Our net loss was $0.7 million, or (0.4)% of gross profit in 2024, compared to net income of $10.2 million, or 5.5% of gross profit in 2023. Net loss for 2024 included pre-tax acquisition-related costs of $14.3 million relating to the Teads Acquisition, as well as a pre-tax gain of $8.8 million in connection with our repurchase of the remaining Convertible Notes (as defined below). Net income for 2023 included a pre-tax gain of $22.6 million in connection with our repurchases of the first half of our Convertible Notes.

•Our Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $37.3 million in 2024, compared to $28.5 million in 2023. Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 15.8% and 12.5% of Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) in 2024 and 2023, respectively.

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA and constant currency measures are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Teads

On February 3, 2025, we completed the previously announced Acquisition.

On August 1, 2024, we entered into a definitive share purchase agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) with Altice Teads S.A. (the “Seller” or “Altice Teads”), a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and the sole shareholder of TEADS, a private limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“Teads”), and Teads. Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, we agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Teads on the terms and conditions set forth in the Share Purchase Agreement.

Under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, the consideration to be paid at the closing of the Acquisition was: (a) a cash payment of $725 million, subject to certain customary adjustments; (b) 35 million newly issued shares of the Common Stock and (c) 10.5 million newly issued Series A Convertible Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Outbrain (the “Preferred Stock”). Additionally, Altice Teads was entitled to a deferred cash payment from Outbrain in an amount equal to $25 million, payable after the closing of the Acquisition in one or more installments, to the extent permitted to be paid in compliance with the covenants under the debt financing agreements entered into by Outbrain in connection with the Acquisition (the “Deferred Payment”).

Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company and Seller also entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) at closing. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the number of directors on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Board”) will be increased by two, and the Seller will have the right to nominate for election to the Company Board two persons, one of whom will be non-affiliated with the Seller and must qualify as an independent director pursuant to the requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Seller will have the right to nominate (1) two directors until the Seller and its affiliated stockholders cease to hold in the aggregate at least 25% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company and (2) one director until the Seller and its affiliated stockholders cease to hold in the aggregate at least 10% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, in each case on an as-converted basis. Additionally, commencing on the third anniversary of the closing, Seller will have the right to nominate three directors until such time as the Seller and its affiliated stockholders cease to own at least 30% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, on an as-converted basis.

The Stockholders Agreement also requires that until such time that the Seller and its affiliated stockholders hold in the aggregate less than 15% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, on an as-converted basis, the

51

Table of Contents

Seller will (i) take such action necessary to cause its affiliate stockholders to vote their shares at each meeting of the Company’s stockholders in the same manner as recommended by the Company Board, and (ii) comply with customary standstill restrictions with respect to the Company. The Stockholders Agreement also includes restrictions on the transferability of the Common Stock received as consideration in the Acquisition. The Company and Seller also entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) at the time of closing of Acquisition, pursuant to which the Company has provided customary demand and piggyback registration rights to the holders of the Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), which includes the Common Stock received as consideration in the Acquisition.

On February 3, 2025, the parties entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA Amendment”), which revised certain terms of the Share Purchase Agreement. Under the SPA Amendment, the consideration paid at the closing of the Acquisition was: (a) a cash payment of $625 million, subject to certain customary adjustments, and (b) 43.75 million shares of the Common Stock. The parties also agreed to make certain changes to the forms of Stockholder Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement originally attached to the Share Purchase Agreement to reflect the elimination of the creation and issuance of the Preferred Stock, as well as the elimination of the Deferred Payment.

On February 3, 2025, we completed the Acquisition for an aggregate closing day consideration of approximately $0.9 billion, including $625 million in cash, subject to certain customary adjustments, and 43.75 million shares of the Common Stock. Following the closing, the Seller owns approximately 46.6% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock (based on the amount of issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock as of December 31, 2024). We believe that the Acquisition will create one of the largest Open Internet advertising platforms, which is differentiated by its ability to drive outcomes for awareness, consideration, and performance objectives, across CTV, web and mobile applications. See Notes 1, 2, 9 and 16 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Acquisition.

2025 Restructuring Plan

On February 3, 2025, in connection with the completion of the Acquisition, the Combined Company announced a restructuring plan (the “Plan”), involving a reduction in workforce, as part of its efforts to streamline operations and reduce duplication of roles. The Combined Company estimates that it will incur approximately $20 million to $25 million in charges in connection with the Plan, of which approximately $18 million to $24 million is expected to be incurred in 2025. These charges will consist primarily of severance and related costs.

The actions associated with the employee restructuring under the Plan were initiated in February and are expected to be implemented in large part by the second quarter of 2025, and completed by the first quarter of 2026. The estimates of the charges and expenditures that the Combined Company expects to incur in connection with the Plan, and the timing thereof, are subject to a number of assumptions, and actual amounts may differ materially from estimates. In addition, the Combined Company may incur other charges or cash expenditures not currently contemplated due to unanticipated events that may occur, including in connection with the implementation of the Plan.

Credit Agreements

In connection with the entry into the Share Purchase Agreement on August 1, 2024, the Company entered into a debt commitment letter, dated August 1, 2024, with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC and Mizuho Bank, LTD, pursuant to which these parties committed to provide (i) a $100 million senior secured revolving credit facility and (ii) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $750 million.

Subsequently, on February 3, 2025 (the “Credit Facilities Closing Date” or “Acquisition Closing Date”), in connection with the completion of the Acquisition, Outbrain and its wholly-owned subsidiary, OT Midco Inc. (“Midco”), entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, Midco, the additional borrowers party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as sole administrative agent and swingline lender, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the collateral agent, and the lenders, issuing banks and arrangers party thereto from time to time. The Credit Agreement provided for (a) a super senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million (the “2025 Revolving Facility”) and (b) a senior secured bridge term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $625.0 million (the “Bridge Facility” and, together with the Revolving Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below and Note 16 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Credit Facilities. On the Credit Facilities Closing Date, Midco borrowed $625 million in aggregate principal amount under the Bridge Facility (the “Bridge Loans”). The proceeds of the Bridge Loans were used to finance the consideration for the Acquisition and to pay related transaction fees, costs and expenses. The 2025 Revolving Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries.

52

Table of Contents

Further, on the Credit Facilities closing date, in connection with the entry into the Credit Agreement described above, the Company terminated the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, by and among the Company, Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, Zemanta Holding USA Inc. and Zemanta Inc. (“2021 Facility”).

Senior Secured Notes

On February 11, 2025, Midco completed a private offering (the “Offering”) of $637.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.000% senior secured notes due 2030 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 98.087% of the principal amount thereof in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below and Note 16 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Notes.

The proceeds from the Offering were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) repay in full and cancel the indebtedness incurred under the Bridge Facility, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, that was used to finance and pay costs related to the acquisition of Teads, as well as pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Offering and the Bridge Facility refinancing.

Repurchase of Outstanding Convertible Notes

On September 19, 2024, we repurchased the remaining $118.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”) out of the initially issued principal balance of $236.0 million via a privately negotiated repurchase agreement with Baupost Group Securities, L.L.C., the sole holder of the Convertible Notes, for approximately $109.7 million in cash, including accrued interest, representing a discount of approximately 7.5% to the principal amount of the repurchased notes. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $8.8 million within gain on convertible debt in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024. Following the closing of the repurchase, the repurchased notes were cancelled by The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”), and there were no Convertible Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2024.

Conditions in Israel

Many of the Combined Company’s employees, including certain members of our management team and board of directors, operate from Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region may directly affect the Combined Company’s business and operations. Following the October 7th attacks by Hamas terrorists in Israel's southern border, Israel declared war against Hamas and since then, Israel has been involved in military conflicts with Hamas, Hezbollah, a terrorist organization based in Lebanon, and Iran, both directly and through proxies like the Houthi movement in Yemen and armed groups in Iraq and other terrorist organizations. Additionally, following the fall of the Assad regime in Syria, Israel has conducted limited military operations targeting the Syrian army, Iranian military assets and infrastructure linked to Hezbollah and other Iran-supported groups. Although certain ceasefire agreements have been reached with Hamas and Lebanon (with respect to Hezbollah), and some Iranian proxies have declared a halt to their attacks, there is no assurance that these agreements will be upheld, military activity and hostilities continue to exist at varying levels of intensity, and the situation remains volatile, with the potential for escalation into a broader regional conflict involving additional terrorist organizations and possibly other countries.

The draft of Israeli military reservists, as well as the evacuation of Israeli citizens from areas near conflict zones have adversely affected our employees impacted by such actions. In addition, future government-imposed restrictions and precautions in response to such conflicts may negatively impact our employees, management and directors by interrupting their ability to effectively perform their roles and responsibilities. In addition, further hostilities involving Israel, possible damage to facilities and infrastructure, increased cyber attacks, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners, and/or the willingness to do business with companies with operations in Israel, as well as macroeconomic indications of deterioration of Israel’s economic standing as reflected in the downgrading in Israel’s credit rating by rating agencies that took place in parallel to these events, could adversely affect the Combined Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. The intensity and duration of Israel’s current war against Hamas, Hezbollah, and the other terror organizations is difficult to predict and the Combined Company is continuing to monitor the situation and assessing its potential impact on its business.

The Combined Company cannot attribute the impact of the current trends in advertising demand to any particular factor, including the conditions in Israel, and cannot predict the impact if the war continues or escalates further. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report for more information regarding certain risks associated with the Israel-Hamas conflict.

53

Table of Contents

Macroeconomic Environment

General worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced significant instability, as well as volatility and disruption in the financial markets, resulting from factors including geopolitical tensions, including the effects of the wars between Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas and the expansion of such conflicts, the U.S. presidential administration transition and general economic uncertainty. The current macroeconomic environment, with variables such as inflation, increased interest rates, tariffs and trade wars, bank disruptions, recessionary concerns, bankruptcies, currency exchange rate fluctuations, global supply chain disruptions, and labor market volatility, has negatively impacted the Combined Company’s advertisers. Accordingly, these conditions have adversely impacted the Combined Company’s business and could, if they continue or worsen, adversely impact the Combined Company in the future, including if its advertisers were to reduce or further reduce their advertising spending as a result of any of these factors. The Combined Company continues to monitor its operations, and the operations of those in its ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers, and agencies). These conditions make it difficult for the Combined Company, its media partners, advertisers, and agencies to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and could cause a further reduction or delay in overall advertising demand and spending or impact the Combined Company’s advertisers’ ability to pay, which would negatively impact the Combined Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Factors Affecting the Combined Company’s Business

Retention and Growth of Relationships with Media Partners

The Combined Company relies on its relationships with its media partners for a significant portion of its advertising inventory and its corresponding ability to drive advertising revenue. To further strengthen these relationships, the Combined Company continuously invests in its technology and product functionality to drive user engagement and monetization by (i) improving its algorithms, referred to as its AI prediction engine; (ii) attracting and procuring relevant demand; (iii) expanding the adoption of its enhanced products by media partners; and (iv) expanding its demand capabilities to new formats.

The Combined Company’s relationships with media partners are typically long-term, exclusive, and strategic in nature. Outbrain’s top 20 media partners, based on its 2024 revenue, have been using its platform for an average of seven years, despite their typical contract length being two to four years. At Outbrain, net revenue retention has been an important indicator of media partner satisfaction, the value of its platform, as well as its ability to grow revenue from existing relationships.

At Outbrain, media partner net revenue retention is calculated at the end of each quarter by starting with revenue generated on media partners’ properties during the same period in the prior year, “Prior Period Retention Revenue.” We then calculate the revenue generated on these same media partners’ properties in the current period, “Current Period Retention Revenue.” Current Period Retention Revenue reflects any expansions within the media partner relationships, such as any additional placements or properties on which we extend our recommendations, as well as contraction or attrition. Our media partner net revenue retention in a quarter equals the Current Period Retention Revenue divided by the Prior Period Retention Revenue. To calculate media partner net revenue retention for year-to-date and annual periods, we sum the quarterly Current Period Retention Revenue and divide it by the sum of the quarterly Prior Period Retention Revenue. These amounts exclude certain revenue adjustments and revenue recognized on a net basis. Outbrain’s media partner net revenue retention was approximately 88% for the year ended December 31, 2024 and approximately 86% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Combined Company’s growth also depends on its ability to secure partnerships with new media partners. New media partners are defined as those relationships in which revenue was not generated in the prior period, except for limited instances where residual revenue was generated on a media partner’s properties. In such instances, the residual revenue would be excluded from net revenue retention above. For Outbrain, revenue generated on new media partners’ properties contributed approximately 6% to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2024 and approximately 8% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Combined Company’s growth depends on media partners’ ability to drive traffic to their properties, including websites, apps, streaming services and more. The proliferation of social media properties and other platforms, as well as the adoption of AI have negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact the Combine Company’s media partners’ growth.

User Engagement with Relevant Media and Advertising Content

Driving attention and engagement is the key pillar of the Combined Company’s platform that drives value for consumers, media partners, and advertisers. The Combined Company’s AI prediction algorithm manages this dynamic, matching consumers with editorial and advertiser experiences that will deliver attention and engagement across the Open Internet. The Combined Company believes that the user experience has a profound impact on long term user behavior patterns and thus

54

Table of Contents

“compounds” over time, improving its long-term monetization prospects. This principle guides the Combined Company’s behavior and, as a result, it strives to compound consumer attention and engagement, continually enhancing value for both advertisers and media owners.

Growth in attention and engagement is driven by several factors, including enhancements to the Combined Company’s AI prediction technology, growth in the breadth and depth of its data assets, the size and quality of its content and advertising index, user engagement, new media partners, expansion on existing media partners and expansion to new media environments and formats. As the Combined Company grows attention and engagement, it is able to collect more data and continually improve its prediction engine, which drives better results for its advertiser and media owner partners. This growth “flywheel” can be measured by growth of the consumer data points the Combined Company drives, such as click-through-rate (“CTR”). CTR improvements increase the number of clicks on its platform. The Combined Company believes that it has a significant opportunity to further grow consumer engagement, and thus its business, as today CTR for ads on its platform is less than 1% of ads served.

Advertiser Retention and Growth

The Combined Company’s engine serves the ad experiences that are predicted to deliver high attention or engagement, rather than prioritizing simply based on price of the ads. The Combined Company believes this approach leads to better ROAS for advertisers, whether they are focused on driving a performance outcome, or a branding outcome. The Combined Company’s growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on its platform, as well as by acquiring new advertisers. Through Outbrain’s recent acquisition of Teads, the Combined Company has expanded its total addressable market to now include top of the funnel marketing, while also attracting more diverse, premium demand. The Combined Company views its full-funnel offering of both branding and performance capabilities as an opportunity to increase its share of wallet from advertisers and agencies. In addition, Teads’ joint business partnerships represent a significant overall portion of Teads revenue and are strategic for driving advertiser retention and growth.

The Combined Company continually invests in enhancements to its platform that allow advertisers to drive concrete business outcomes and ROAS. In particular, the Combined Company is expanding its usage of AI to automate manual tasks in campaign set up and optimization, and to enhance advertiser creative and landing page performance. Teads has also historically invested in supporting advertisers with developing creative ads across formats, as a value added service to its advertisers.

Prices paid by advertisers on the Combined Company’s platform fluctuate period to period for a variety of reasons, including supply and demand balance, macroeconomic conditions, and seasonality. In order to grow the Combined Company’s revenue and Ex-TAC Gross Profit and maximize value for its advertisers and media partners, its focus as a business is on driving business outcomes and ROAS for advertisers, not on optimizing for price.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, over twenty thousand unique advertisers were active on Outbrain’s owned and operated platform, in addition to the thousands of advertisers who access the platform through Outbrain’s programmatic partnerships.

Expansion Into New Environments, New Experiences and New Ad Formats

The available mediums and formats for consumers to engage with media has greatly expanded over the last several years. As this evolution in media consumption and consumer behavior continues, the Combined Company is focused on utilizing its AI prediction technology to bring curated, relevant consumer experiences to these new devices, experiences and formats.

Fundamentally, the Combined Company plans to continue to make its platform available for media partners on all types of devices and platforms and evolve its business to apply its technology to the most popular methods of media consumption, which now include unique video, high-impact display, and other new media experiences, such as Moments, Outbrain’s vertical video offering launched in 2024.

Examples of new environments in which content consumption is expected to grow include pre-installed applications on Smartphones, Smartphone content feeds, gaming applications, push notifications, and CTV. Through the acquisition of Teads, the Combined Company has created an omnichannel outcomes platform, enabling advertisers to not only reach their audiences across the entire Open Internet — from web, to CTV, to app environments — but to drive outcomes from those audiences at each step of the marketing funnel.

The development and deployment of new ad formats allow the Combined Company to better serve consumers, media partners and, ultimately, advertisers who seek to target and engage consumers at scale; the Combined Company believes this continues to open and grow new types of advertiser demand, while ensuring relevance as the environments in which it operates diversify.

55

Table of Contents

Investment in the Combined Company’s Technology

Innovation is a core tenet of the Combined Company and its industry. The Combined Company plans to continue its investments in its people and its technology in order to retain and enhance its competitive position. For example, improvements to the Combined Company’s AI prediction engine or use of additional data signals, help it deliver more relevant ads, driving higher user engagement, thereby improving ROAS for advertisers and increasing monetization for its media partners.

The Combined Company strongly believes in the transformative power of AI in shaping the future of sustainable media, and Outbrain has been utilizing AI technology for years to empower both media owners and advertisers in their businesses. The Combined Company leverages AI in a manner designed to enable media owners to increase their revenues and connect with audiences on their own platforms within the Open Internet. The Combined Company uses machine learning to predict consumer interest and propensity to convert ads to sales. The Combined Company’s technology has developed into a robust AI machine learning system and is largely homegrown by its Research and Development team. One of the strongest long-term levers in the Combined Company’s business is the continuous improvement of its algorithms and the data sets its algorithms learn from. The Combined Company’s direct integrations across its media partners’ properties provide it with a large volume of proprietary first-party data, including context, user interest and behavioral signals. The more data points the Combined Company has, the better its advertisers’ ROAS, and yield potential can be.

Outbrain’s Smartlogic product dynamically adjusts both the arrangement and the formats of content delivered to a user, depending on the user’s preferences and a media partner’s key performance indicators, designed to provide a tailored and engaging feed experience. The Combined Company continues to invest in media partner and advertiser focused tools, technology, and products as well as privacy-centric solutions.

Industry Dynamics

The Combined Company’s business depends on the overall demand for digital advertising, on the continuous success of its current and prospective media partners, and on general market conditions. Digital advertising is a rapidly growing industry, with growth that has outpaced the growth of the broader advertising industry. Content consumption continues to shift online, requiring media owners to adapt in order to successfully attract, engage and monetize their consumers. The soaring volume of online content, amplified by the latest generative AI innovations, has made content curation tools even more essential for consumers and media owners alike.

AI is revolutionizing content creation, distribution, and personalization; automating tasks like video editing, image recognition, and language translation. AI-powered systems are also improving content delivery, helping media platforms suggest relevant movies, shows, articles, and advertisements to consumers. This is especially important at a time when advertisers increasingly anticipate measurable results from their digital advertising investments. The Combined Company’s experience in this space enables it to more nimbly capitalize on the opportunities for media owners and advertisers to leverage AI and automation to engage consumers and optimize their business goals.

Regulators across most developed markets are increasingly focused on enacting and enforcing user privacy rules as well as exerting tighter oversight on the major “walled garden” platforms. Industry participants have recently been, and likely will continue to be, impacted by changes implemented by platform leaders, such as Apple’s change to its Identifier for Advertisers policy and Google’s evolving roadmap pertaining to the use of third-party cookies within its Chrome web browser. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors'' in this Report for additional information regarding changing industry dynamics with respect to industry participants and the regulatory environment. Given the Combined Company’s focus on context and engagement, the depth and length of its media partner relationships, and its scale, the Combined Company believes that it is well positioned in the long-term to address and potentially benefit from many of these industry dynamics. Additionally, the Combined Company is confident that its strength in delivering engagement and clear outcomes for advertisers, built on its proprietary AI prediction engine, aligns well with the ongoing market shift towards increased accountability and expectations of ROAS from digital advertising spend.

Seasonality

The global advertising industry experiences seasonal trends that affect most participants in the digital advertising ecosystem. The Combined Company’s revenue has generally fluctuated from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonality, as many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, as well as the timing of advertising budget cycles. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year has reflected the highest levels of advertiser spending, and the first quarter generally has reflected the lowest level of advertiser spending.

56

Table of Contents

In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical and discretionary in nature, reflecting changes in brand advertising strategy, budgeting constraints, and buying patterns, and a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of the Combined Company’s control. The quarterly rate of increase in traffic acquisition costs is generally commensurate with the quarterly rate of increase in revenue. However, traffic acquisition costs have, at times, grown at a faster or slower rate than revenue, primarily due to the mix of the revenue generated or contracted terms with media partners. The Combined Company generally expects these seasonal trends to continue, though historical seasonality may not be predictive of future results given the potential for changes in advertising buying patterns and macroeconomic conditions. These trends will affect the Combined Company’s operating results and the Combined Company expect its revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

Outbrain’s Definitions of Outbrain Financial and Performance Measures

Revenue

Outbrain generates revenue from advertisers through ads that we deliver across a variety of media partner properties. We charge advertisers for clicks on and, to a lesser extent, impressions of their ads, depending on how they choose to contract with us. We recognize revenue in the period in which the click or impression occurs.

The amount of revenue that we generate depends on the level of demand from advertisers to promote their content to users across our media partners’ properties. We generate higher revenue at times of high demand, which is also impacted by seasonal factors. For any given marketing campaign, the advertiser has the ability to adjust its price in real time and set a maximum spend. This allows advertisers to adjust the estimated ad spend attributable to the particular campaign. Due to the measurable performance that our advertisers achieve with us, a portion of our advertisers increase their level of spend with us over time as long as their ROAS objectives are met.

Our agreements with advertisers provide them with considerable flexibility to modify their overall budget, price (cost-per-click or cost-per-impression), and the ads they wish to deliver on our platform.

Traffic Acquisition Costs

We define traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) as amounts owed to media partners for their share of the revenue we generated on their properties. We incur traffic acquisition costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Traffic acquisition costs are based on the media partners’ revenue share or, in some circumstances, based on a guaranteed minimum rate of payment from us in exchange for guaranteed placement of our ads on specified portions of the media partner’s digital properties. These guaranteed rates are typically provided per thousand qualified page views, whereas our minimum monthly payment to the media partner may fluctuate based on how many qualified page views the media partner generates, subject to a maximum guarantee. As such, traffic acquisition costs may not correlate with fluctuations in revenue, and our rates may remain fixed even with a decrease in revenue. Traffic acquisition costs also include amounts payable to programmatic supply partners.

Other Cost of Revenue

Other cost of revenue consists of costs related to the management of our data centers, hosting fees, data connectivity costs and depreciation and amortization. Other cost of revenue also includes the amortization of capitalized software that is developed or obtained for internal use associated with our revenue-generating technologies.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses are related to the development and enhancement of our platform and consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, amortization of capitalized software for non-revenue generating infrastructure and facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs for personnel engaged in marketing, advertising, client services, and promotional activities. These expenses also include advertising and promotional spend on media, conferences, and other events to market our services, and facilities costs.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, professional fees, facilities costs, insurance, and certain taxes other than income taxes. General and administrative personnel costs include, among others, our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our

57

Table of Contents

professional service fees consist primarily of accounting, audit, tax, legal, information technology and other consulting costs, including our implementation of and compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net is comprised of gain on convertible debt, interest expense, and interest income and other income, net.

Gain on convertible debt. In April 2023, we repurchased $118.0 million of our Convertible Notes at a discount of approximately 19% of the principal amount and recorded a pre-tax gain of $22.6 million. In September 2024, we repurchased the remaining $118.0 million of our Convertible Notes at a discount of approximately 7.5% of the principal amount and recorded a pre-tax gain of $8.8 million.

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of interest expense on the Convertible Notes, our 2021 revolving credit facility and capital leases. Interest expense may increase if we incur any borrowings under our revolving credit facility or if we enter into new debt facilities or capital leasing arrangements.

Interest Income and Other Income, net. Interest income and other income, net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities, discount amortization on our investments in marketable securities, and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to transactions and monetary asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, including mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses may continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as deferred income taxes and changes in valuation allowance, reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical and future projected taxable income, as well as other objectively verifiable evidence, including our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

58

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Outbrain has one operating segment, which is also our reportable segment. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenue$889,875$935,818
Cost of revenue:
Traffic acquisition costs653,731708,449
Other cost of revenue44,04242,571
Total cost of revenue697,773751,020
Gross profit192,102184,798
Operating expenses:
Research and development37,08036,402
Sales and marketing97,49898,370
General and administrative70,16258,665
Total operating expenses204,740193,437
Loss from operations(12,638)(8,639)
Other income (expense), net:
Gain on convertible debt8,78222,594
Interest expense(3,649)(5,393)
Interest income and other income, net9,2097,793
Total other income, net14,34224,994
Income before provision for income taxes1,70416,355
Provision for income taxes2,4156,113
Net (loss) income$(711)$10,242
Other Financial Data:
Research and development as % of revenue4.2%3.9%
Sales and marketing as % of revenue11.0%10.5%
General and administrative as % of revenue7.9%6.3%
Ex-TAC Gross Profit (1)$236,144$227,369
Adjusted EBITDA (1)$37,300$28,455

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

Revenue

Revenue decreased $45.9 million, or 4.9%, to $889.9 million in 2024 from $935.8 million in 2023. Revenue for 2024 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $2.4 million, and decreased $43.5 million, or 4.7%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. Our reported revenue decreased approximately $107 million due to net revenue retention of 88% on existing media partners, as we have experienced lower ad impressions from certain supply partners. This decrease was partially offset by growth of approximately 6.0%, or $60 million, from new media partners.

See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for information regarding the constant currency measures provided in this discussion and below to supplement our reported results.

59

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs decreased $54.7 million, or 7.7%, to $653.7 million in 2024, compared to $708.4 million in the prior year period. Traffic acquisition costs included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.1 million, and decreased $53.6 million, or 7.6%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in traffic acquisition costs was primarily related to the decrease in our revenue, a net favorable change in our revenue mix and improved performance from certain deals. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased 220 basis points to 73.5% in 2024, from 75.7% in 2023.

Other cost of revenue increased $1.5 million, or 3.5%, to $44.0 million in 2024, compared to $42.5 million in the prior year period, primarily due to higher hosting costs, partially offset by lower server depreciation expense and network costs. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue increased 40 basis points to 4.9% in 2024 from 4.5% in 2023.

Gross profit increased $7.3 million, or 4.0%, to $192.1 million in 2024, compared to $184.8 million in 2023. This increase was largely attributable to lower traffic acquisition costs, partially offset by lower revenue, as previously described. Gross profit for 2024 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.3 million, and increased $8.6 million, or 4.6%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit increased $8.7 million, or 3.9%, to $236.1 million in 2024, from $227.4 million in 2023. Ex-TAC Gross Profit for 2024 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.3 million, and increased $10.0 million, or 4.4%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The increase in Ex-TAC Gross Profit was primarily attributable to the net favorable change in our revenue mix and improved performance from certain deals, partially offset by lower revenue. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $11.3 million, or 5.8%, to $204.7 million in 2024, from $193.4 million in 2023. The reported increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to higher professional fees of $13.0 million (including acquisition-related costs of $14.3 million in 2024, offset in part by the absence of the prior period regulatory matter costs of $0.7 million). The increase in operating expenses was also driven by a $2.7 million increase in personnel-related costs (including lower severance costs of $2.8 million), largely driven by higher incentive-based compensation. These increases were partially offset by a $5.0 million decrease in our provision for credit losses.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses — increased $0.7 million, primarily due to slightly higher personnel-related and office costs.

•Sales and marketing expenses — decreased $0.9 million, primarily due to lower personnel-related costs largely attributable to lower severance and related costs in 2024 as compared to 2023.

•General and administrative expenses — increased $11.5 million, primarily attributable to higher professional fees of $12.9 million (inclusive of acquisition-related costs of $14.3 million in 2024, offset in part by the absence of the prior period regulatory matter costs of $0.7 million), and higher personnel costs of $3.4 million largely driven by increased incentive-based compensation costs. These increases were partially offset by a $5.0 million decrease in the provision for credit losses.

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased 230 basis points to 23.0% in 2024 from 20.7% in 2023, primarily attributable to increased acquisition-related costs and lower revenue.

Total Other Income, Net

Total other income, net, decreased $10.7 million to $14.3 million in 2024, compared to $25.0 million in 2023, primarily driven by a lower pre-tax gain of $13.8 million recorded in 2024, as compared to 2023, in connection with the repurchases of our Convertible Notes. The decrease in other income, net was also attributable to an unfavorable change of $2.4 million in mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts used to manage our foreign currency exchange risk on net cash flows from our non-U.S. dollar denominated operations. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $4.3 million resulting from the remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, as well

60

Table of Contents

as reduced interest expense of $1.7 million due to the lower outstanding principal balance of Convertible Notes, which were repurchased in September 2024.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $2.4 million in 2024, compared to $6.1 million in 2023. Our effective tax rate was 141.7% in 2024, compared to 37.4% in 2023, primarily due to the limited pre-tax income in 2024 magnifying the impact of certain unfavorable tax rate reconciling items such as non-deductible transaction costs, partially offset by favorable items such as a release of valuation allowance.

The Company has evaluated the potential impact of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (“OECD”) Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax framework, which introduces a global minimum tax rate of 15% for multinational enterprises. Based on this evaluation, and the legislation currently enacted globally, the Company does not anticipate any material impact on its consolidated financial statements at this time. The Company has determined that it meets the transitional Country-by-Country Reporting safe harbor tests in all jurisdictions where it operates and, as a result, does not expect to be subject to any top-up tax under the OECD Pillar Two rules for the 2024 fiscal year.

A provision enacted as part of the 2017 Tax Cuts & Jobs Act requires companies to capitalize certain research and experimental expenditures for tax purposes in tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. As a result, as of December 31, 2024, the Company’s U.S. federal net operating losses have been fully utilized, with the exception of those subject to the annual limitation provided for in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which resulted in higher cash taxes and lower effective tax rate due to a deduction related to foreign-derived intangible income.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, tax planning initiatives, as well as certain discrete items.

Net (Loss) Income

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net loss of $0.7 million in 2024, as compared to net income of $10.2 million in 2023. As previously discussed, our net loss for 2024 included pre-tax acquisition-related costs of $14.3 million relating to the Acquisition, as well as pre-tax gains of $8.8 million in connection with our repurchase of the remaining Convertible Notes. Our net income for 2023 included a pre-tax gain of $22.6 million in connection with our repurchases of the first half of our Convertible Notes.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $8.8 million to $37.3 million in 2024 from $28.5 million in 2023, primarily due to higher Ex-TAC Gross Profit, as previously described. Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.2 million. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to our net income (loss).

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Because we are a global company, the comparability of our operating results is affected by foreign exchange fluctuations. We calculate certain constant currency measures and foreign currency impacts by translating the current year’s reported amounts into comparable amounts using the prior year’s exchange rates. All constant currency financial information being presented is non-GAAP and should be used as a supplement to our reported operating results. We believe that this information is helpful to our management and investors to assess our operating performance on a comparable basis. However, these measures are not intended to replace amounts presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may be different from similar measures calculated by other companies.

We present Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Ex-TAC Gross Profit, and Free Cash Flow because they are key profitability measures used by our management and the Board to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, develop short-term and long-term operational plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that these measures provide information to investors and the market in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board.

61

Table of Contents

These non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures below. These non-GAAP financial measures are subject to significant limitations, including those identified below. In addition, other companies in our industry may define these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) or net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Ex-TAC Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross profit is the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure. In calculating Ex-TAC Gross Profit, we add back other cost of revenue to gross profit. Ex-TAC Gross Profit may fluctuate in the future due to various factors, including, but not limited to, seasonality and changes in the number of media partners and advertisers, advertiser demand or user engagements.

There are limitations on the use of Ex-TAC Gross Profit in that traffic acquisition cost is a significant component of our total cost of revenue but not the only component and, by definition, Ex-TAC Gross Profit presented for any period will be higher than gross profit for that period. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP financial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have a similar business, may define Ex-TAC Gross Profit differently, which may make comparisons difficult. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue or gross profit presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Ex-TAC Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(In thousands)
Revenue$889,875$935,818
Traffic acquisition costs(653,731)(708,449)
Other cost of revenue(44,042)(42,571)
Gross profit192,102184,798
Other cost of revenue44,04242,571
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$236,144$227,369

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before gain related to convertible debt; interest expense; interest income and other income, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation, and other income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to merger and acquisition costs, regulatory matter costs, and severance costs related to our cost saving initiatives. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board. However, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

62

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(In thousands)
Net (loss) income$(711)$10,242
Interest expense3,6495,393
Interest income and other income, net(9,209)(7,793)
Gain related to convertible debt(8,782)(22,594)
Provision for income taxes2,4156,113
Depreciation and amortization19,47920,702
Stock-based compensation15,46112,141
Regulatory matter costs, net of insurance proceeds742
Merger and acquisition costs(1)14,256
Severance costs7423,509
Adjusted EBITDA$37,300$28,455
Net (loss) income as % of gross profit(0.4)%5.5%
Adjusted EBITDA as % of Ex-TAC Gross Profit15.8%12.5%

_________________________

(1)Primarily includes costs related to our acquisition of Teads

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Free cash flow is a supplementary measure used by our management and the Board to evaluate our ability to generate cash and we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of our available cash flows. Free cash flow should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$68,561$13,746
Purchases of property and equipment(7,380)(10,127)
Capitalized software development costs(9,913)(10,107)
Free cash flow$51,268$(6,488)

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Combined Company regularly evaluates the cash requirements for its operations, commitments, acquisitions, development activities and capital expenditures and manages its liquidity risk in a manner consistent with its corporate priorities. The Combined Company’s current investment program is focused on achieving maximum returns within its investment policy parameters, while preserving capital and maintaining sufficient liquidity.

The Combined Company believes that its operating cash flow, cash and cash equivalents and investments, and available borrowing capacity, will be sufficient to fund its anticipated operating expenses and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, there are multiple factors that could impact the Combined Company’s future liquidity, including its business performance, ability to collect payments from advertisers, having to pay media partners even if advertisers default on their payments, or other factors described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report.

63

Table of Contents

Sources of Liquidity

The Combined Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash receipts from its advertisers, cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and the available capacity under its revolving credit facilities discussed below.

While Outbrain’s collections during the three months ended March 31, 2023 were negatively impacted by the closure of Silicon Valley Bank, we have historically experienced higher cash collections during our first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter sales, and, as a result, our working capital needs typically decrease during the first quarter. The Combined Company generally expects these trends to continue in future periods.

As of December 31, 2024, in addition to cash flow from our operations, Outbrain’s available liquidity was as follows:

December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)$89,094
Short-term investments77,035
Revolving Credit Facility (2)58,125
Total$224,254

__________________________

(1) As of December 31, 2024, approximately $31.9 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held outside of the United States by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2024, we plan to either reinvest indefinitely our earnings from our foreign subsidiaries or repatriate them tax neutrally. The Combined Company is in the process of evaluating its cash requirements post-Acquisition. If future earnings are repatriated and the Combined Company is unable to do it in a tax neutral manner, it may be required to accrue and pay additional taxes, including any applicable foreign withholding tax and income taxes.

(2) Our Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment thereto, with Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First Citizens Bank & Trust Company, provides, subject to borrowing availability and certain other conditions, for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million (the “Facility”), with a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit. Our borrowing availability under the Facility is calculated by reference to a borrowing base which is determined by specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable, based on the defined borrowing formula. The Facility was scheduled to terminate on November 2, 2026. However, in connection with the entry into the Credit Agreement upon the closing of the Acquisition, this Facility was early terminated on February 3, 2025, and replaced with the new 2025 Revolving Facility, as defined below.

The Facility contained representations and warranties, including, without limitation, with respect to collateral; accounts receivable; financials; litigation, indictment and compliance with laws; disclosure and no material adverse effect, each of which is a condition to funding. Additionally, the Facility included events of default and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, restricted payments, and prepayment of the Convertible Notes and of junior indebtedness. The Facility contained a financial covenant that required, in the event that credit extensions under the Facility equal or exceed 85% of the lesser of the available commitments under the Facility or upon the occurrence of an event of default, our Company to maintain a minimum consolidated monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00. We were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

February 2025 Credit Agreement

As discussed above, on the Credit Facilities Closing Date, the Company and Midco entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement established the Credit Facilities, including the 2025 Revolving Facility and the Bridge Facility. The Bridge Facility had a maturity date of February 2, 2026, and could be extended under some circumstances.

Under the Bridge Facility, the Bridge Loans bore interest, at Outbrain’s option, at (a) a secured overnight financing rate (“Term SOFR”), subject to a “zero” floor, plus an interest rate margin of 4.75% per annum or (b) an alternate base rate plus an interest rate margin of 3.75% per annum, in each case subject to an increase by 0.50% on each three-month anniversary of the Credit Facilities Closing Date. In addition, for so long as any Bridge Loans remained outstanding, the Bridge Facility accrued a duration fee equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Bridge Loans. Loans under the 2025 Revolving

64

Table of Contents

Facility (the “Revolving Loans”) bear interest, at the Company’s option, at (x) Term SOFR, subject to a “zero” floor, plus an interest rate margin of 4.25% per annum or (y) an alternate base rate plus an interest rate margin of 3.25% per annum. In addition, the 2025 Revolving Facility accrued an unused commitment fee at a rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.50%, depending on the Company’s senior secured net leverage ratio, as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The 2025 Revolving Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries. Up to $10.0 million of the 2025 Revolving Facility is available in the form of letters of credit and up to $20.0 million of the 2025 Revolving Facility is available in the form of swingline loans. The Company may seek incremental commitments under the 2025 Revolving Facility from lenders or other financial institutions up to an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of $62.5 million and 25% of the Company’s EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The 2025 Revolving Facility lenders will not be under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments, and any such increase in commitments will be subject to certain customary conditions precedent.

Additional wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company organized in certain jurisdictions may become borrowers under the 2025 Revolving Facility from time to time. The Credit Facilities are senior secured obligations of Outbrain, Midco and the Credit Facilities Guarantors (as defined in Note 16), provided, that, with respect to the application of proceeds from enforcement or distressed disposals of collateral, the 2025 Revolving Facility will rank super senior to other senior secured indebtedness of the Company, Midco and the Credit Facilities Guarantors, including the Bridge Facility.

See Note 16 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information related to terms and conditions, covenants, guarantees, and events of default.

Material Cash Requirements

The Combined Company plans to meet its liquidity needs through available cash, cash generated from its operations and its borrowing capacity. The Combined Company’s primary uses of liquidity are payments to its media partners, its operating expenses, capital expenditures, its long-term debt and the related interest payments. The Combined Company primarily uses its operating cash for payments due to media partners and vendors, as well as for personnel costs, and other employee-related expenditures. Outbrain’s contracts with media partners are generally variable based on volume or guarantee a minimum rate of payment if the media partner reaches certain performance targets. See “Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures —Traffic Acquisition Costs.” The Combined Company may also acquire or make investments in complementary companies or technologies, such as the Acquisitions.

Acquisition of Teads

On February 3, 2025, Outbrain consummated the previously announced Acquisition for consideration paid in closing of $625 million in cash, subject to certain customary adjustments, and 43.75 million shares of the Common Stock. The Company’s subsidiary, Midco, borrowed $625 million in aggregate principal amount of Bridge Loans under the new Credit Agreement described above, which together with cash on hand, were used to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition consideration, to repay amounts outstanding under the Facility and to pay related transaction fees, costs and expenses.

Debt Obligations

Senior Secured Notes

On February 11, 2025, Midco completed a private offering (the “Offering”) of $637.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.000% senior secured notes due 2030 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 98.087% of the principal amount thereof in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Notes bear interest from February 11, 2025 at an annual rate of 10.000%, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2025. The Notes will mature on February 15, 2030. The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally on a secured, unsubordinated basis by Outbrain and each existing and future wholly-owned subsidiary of Outbrain that becomes a borrower, issuer or guarantor under our super senior secured revolving credit facility. The Notes are also secured by first-priority lien over (i) all or substantially all assets of OT Midco, Outbrain and Teads Australia PTY Ltd, a subsidiary of Outbrain in Australia, and (ii) certain assets of some of the other direct and indirect subsidiaries of Outbrain in England and Wales, Canada, Germany, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland, Luxembourg, Japan, Italy, France and Israel.

The proceeds from the Offering were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) repay in full and cancel the indebtedness incurred under the Bridge Facility, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, that was used to finance and pay costs related to the Acquisition, as well as pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Offering and the Bridge Facility refinancing.

65

Table of Contents

Midco may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time prior to February 15, 2027 at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof plus a ‘‘make-whole’’ premium set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Midco may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, on or after February 15, 2027, at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. In addition, prior to February 15, 2027, Midco may redeem up to 40% of the Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. During each of the two successive twelve-month periods commencing on the Closing Date and ending on February 15, 2027, Midco will have the option to redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

Upon certain change of control events, the holders of the Notes may require Midco to repurchase all or a portion of the Notes at a purchase price of 101.000% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase. In addition, subject to certain conditions and limitations, Midco must, within 30 days after Outbrain’s delivery of its annual report, with respect to Outbrain’s fiscal years ending December 31, 2025 and 2026, apply an amount equal to the Excess Cash Flow Amount (as defined in the Indenture) to make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes at a price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase.

The terms of the Indenture, among other things, limit the ability of Outbrain and its restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, (ii) pay dividends or make other restricted payments; (iii) make certain investments, (iv) transfer and sell assets, (v) create or incur certain liens, (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates and (vii) consolidate or merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. The Indenture provides for customary events of default which include, among other things (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), defaults based on (i) the failure to make payments under the Indenture when due, (ii) breach of covenants, (iii) acceleration of other material indebtedness, (iv) bankruptcy events and (v) material judgments. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all of the Notes to be due and payable.

Teads Short-Term Debt

Teads’ short-term debt, on an unaudited basis as the Acquisition close date was approximately $15.5 million. This balance is unaudited, is presented for illustrative purposes and was derived from the historical consolidated financial information of Teads. This Report does not include Teads’ historical consolidated financial statements for any periods, as the Acquisition closed subsequent to Outbrain’s year end.

Treasury Share Repurchases

On December 14, 2022, our Board approved a new stock repurchase program, authorizing us to repurchase up to $30 million of of the Common Stock, with no requirement to purchase any minimum number of shares. The manner, timing, and actual number of shares repurchased under the program will depend on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, and other investment opportunities. Shares may be repurchased through privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases, including through the use of trading plans intended to qualify under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended, or terminated at any time at our discretion without prior notice. As of December 31, 2024, the remaining repurchase availability under our $30 million share repurchase program was $6.6 million, reflecting repurchases of 1,410,001 shares for $5.8 million in 2024 and 3,729,462 shares for $17.8 million in 2023. Commission costs associated with share repurchases and excise taxes accrued as a result of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 do not reduce the remaining authorized amount under the repurchase programs.

In addition to our publicly announced programs, we periodically withhold shares to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations arising in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and exercise of options and warrants in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and the underlying award agreements. During 2024 and 2023, we withheld 162,157 shares and 163,265 shares, respectively, with a fair value of $0.8 million in each year, to satisfy the minimum employee tax withholding obligations.

66

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Outbrain’s cash flow used in investing activities has primarily consisted of capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. We spent $7.4 million in capital expenditures in 2024, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment, office equipment and leasehold improvements. The Combined Company currently anticipates that its capital expenditures will be between $7 million and $9 million in 2025, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment, other equipment, and leasehold improvements, including the currently anticipated incremental capital expenditures for the Teads business. However, these amounts are preliminary and actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

Other Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table presents Outbrain’s other material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024. This table does not reflect the contractual cash obligations of the Teads business acquired in February 2025, which the Combined Company is in the process of evaluating.

Payments Due by Period
Total20252026-20272028-2029Thereafter
(In thousands)
Operating lease obligations (1)19,5415,3148,1984,4291,600
Other commitments(2)49,66424,46617,1368,062
Total (3)$69,205$29,780$25,334$12,491$1,600

___________________

(1)Operating lease agreements primarily relate to leases for certain office facilities, vehicle leases and managed data center facilities. See Note 8 to the accompanying financial statements for additional information relating to our leases.

(2)Other commitments include data service contracts and other hosting agreements, network services, and other costs to maintain our platform.

(3)We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded $6.0 million from the preceding table related to uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2024.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the major components of our net cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20242022
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$68,561$13,746
Net cash provided by investing activities67,15369,640
Net cash used in financing activities(117,702)(117,068)
Effect of exchange rate changes634(1,004)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$18,646$(34,686)

Operating Activities

Net cash provided operating activities increased $54.9 million, to $68.6 million in 2024, as compared to $13.7 million in 2023. This increase was primarily driven by a $52.0 million favorable change in our working capital, largely attributable to lower accounts receivable and prepaid expense, offset in part by lower accounts payable, reflecting faster cash collections, lower prepayments to our media partners, and improved profitability. In addition, net income after non-cash adjustments increased $2.0 million in 2024, compared to 2023.

Our free cash flow increased $57.8 million, to $51.3 million in 2024, as compared to a use of cash of $6.5 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher operating cash flow, as discussed above, as well as lower capital expenditures in 2024. Free cash flow is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

67

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Cash from investing activities decreased $2.4 million, to net cash provided by investing activities of $67.2 million in 2024, from net cash provided by investing activities of $69.6 million in 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by lower net proceeds of $5.6 million from sales and maturities of marketable securities under our investment program (net of purchases), reflecting lower early redemptions of available-for-sale securities in connection with the repurchase of our Convertible Notes in September 2024, than in the prior year period. This decrease was partially offset by lower capital expenditures of $2.7 million in 2024, compared to 2023.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities increased to $117.7 million in 2024, as compared to $117.1 million in 2023. This decrease in cash was primarily due to the $13.6 million increase in the repurchase price paid for the Convertible Notes in September 2024 over the repurchase price of those repurchased in April 2023, and deferred financing costs of $1.1 million paid in 2024. These decreases in cash were largely offset by lower treasury share repurchases of $11.9 million and lower principal lease payments of $1.6 million due to the expiration of all of the remaining finance leases in 2024.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application than most of our accounting policies and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements. Readers are encouraged to consider this summary together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, including Note 1, for a more complete understanding of the critical accounting policies discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

The determination of whether our revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis involves judgment. In general, we act as a principal on behalf of our advertisers and revenue is recognized gross of any costs that we remit to the media partners. In these cases, we determined that we control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. Our control is evidenced by our ability to monetize the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. For those revenue arrangements where we do not control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers, we are the agent and recognize revenue on a net basis.

Stock-based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the awards and account for forfeitures as they occur. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires management to use estimates and assumptions, which involve uncertainties and are subjective in nature. Changes in key assumptions could impact the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards.

The fair value of our previously issued stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses key inputs such as the expected volatility, the risk-free rate, the expected term and the expected dividend yield. The fair value of our restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on the fair value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for options and RSUs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective requisite service periods.

Our performance stock units (“PSUs”) granted in 2023 have a service condition, as well as a performance condition. Such awards vest over a period of three years, subject to the employee’s continued employment and satisfaction of certain pre-established performance targets based on our financial metrics, up to a maximum of 100% of the PSUs granted. The fair value of these awards is determined based on the closing price of the Common Stock at the date of grant and expense is recognized ratably during the 3-year performance period, based on our expectation of attaining the performance targets. Cumulative expense adjustments are reflected whenever there is a change in expected achievement of the performance condition, which may cause expense volatility in the period of change.

68

Table of Contents

In June 2024, we granted market-based PSU awards to our senior executives, which are earned subject to achievement of specified stock price hurdles for 20 days out of a 30-trading day window during the 3-year performance period, as well as continued employment through the quarterly vesting dates over a 3-year period. The number of shares that are eligible to vest range from 0% to 100% of the number of PSUs granted based on achievement of the specified stock price hurdles, with half of our CEO’s PSU award subject to vesting based on two additional above-target stock price hurdles.

We estimate the fair value of PSU awards with a market condition using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model, which uses subjective assumptions and simulates multiple stock price paths of the Common Stock to determine the fair value of market-based PSUs on the date of grant. Key assumptions in determining the fair value include expected volatility, risk free interest rate and dividend yield. Compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method over the greater of the derived service period, based on the Monte Carlo simulation, or the explicit quarterly service period. Compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recorded regardless of whether the market condition will be ultimately satisfied.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdictions in which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our history of pre-tax income, projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income available to carryback to prior years and our tax planning strategies. As a result of our analysis, during 2024 and 2023, after weighing all of the evidence, we determined that the positive evidence, particularly the evidence that was objectively verifiable, continued to outweigh the negative evidence. However, upon evaluating our forecasted state taxable income, we increased our valuation allowance against state net operating loss carryforwards by $0.3 million and $0.5 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related interest and penalties.

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to account for income taxes during the past three fiscal years. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in tax related balances.

Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for recently adopted accounting standards, as well as recently issued accounting standards, which may have an impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

69

Table of Contents

JOBS Act Transition Period

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of some accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our audited consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that have adopted new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

70

Table of Contents

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001454938-24-000024.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-03-08. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs, and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, events, or circumstances to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

The purpose of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is to provide the readers of our financial statements with narrative information from our management, which is necessary to understand our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, as well as our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, which includes a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 in Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In addition to the audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we use certain non-GAAP financial measures throughout this discussion to provide investors with supplemental metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision making. These measures are supplemental and are not an alternative to our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Business Overview

Outbrain Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “Outbrain,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) was incorporated in August 2006 in Delaware. The Company is headquartered in New York, New York with various wholly-owned subsidiaries, including in Israel, Europe and Asia.

Outbrain is a leading technology platform that drives business results by connecting media owners and advertisers with engaged audiences to drive business outcomes, reaching over a billion unique consumers around the world. Outbrain’s artificial intelligence (“AI”) prediction engine powers a two-sided platform for advertisers and media owners that delivers concrete business outcomes. Our platform enables thousands of digital media owners to provide tailored experiences to their audiences, delivering audience engagement and monetization. For tens of thousands of advertisers, from enterprise brands to performance marketers, our platform optimizes audience attention and engagement to deliver greater return on investment at each step of the marketing funnel. See Item 1 “Business” in this Report for more information regarding our business, industry, product offerings and growth strategies.

Outbrain operates a two-sided marketplace, which means we usually have exclusive control over all aspects of the consumer experience, allowing us to quickly test and deploy new formats for our advertisers and media owners. Since inception, we have been guided by the same core principles pertaining to our three constituents: consumers, media partners, and advertisers.

•Consumers. Our platform is centered on predicting consumer attention and engagement. We believe that by focusing our algorithm on optimizing toward these consumer-centric factors, we are able to cultivate user behavior patterns that compound over time, delivering greater effectiveness and efficiency for our advertisers, superior long-term monetization for our media partners, as well as increased value for Outbrain.

•Media Partners. We are committed to supporting the long-term success of our media partners. We strive to develop multi-year contracts with media partners, with the objective of delivering long-term revenue and deeper audience engagement. Our media partners include both traditional publishers and companies in new and rapidly evolving categories, such as mobile device manufacturers.

•Advertisers. We offer unique advertising solutions across the marketing funnel and provide a single access point to not only reach, but drive real business outcomes from consumers across the Open Internet. We provide advertisers from enterprise brands to performance marketers with solutions to optimize consumer attention and engagement, to deliver accountable business results and greater return on investment.

47

Table of Contents

Through our direct, usually exclusive code-on-page integrations with media owners, we have become one of the largest online advertising platforms on the Open Internet. In 2023, we provided personalized ads to over a billion monthly unique consumers, delivering on average over 12 billion experiences promoting content, services, and products per day, with tens of thousands of advertisers directly using our platform.

The following is a summary of our performance for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

•Our revenue was $935.8 million in 2023, compared to $992.1 million in 2022. Revenue for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $5.0 million, and decreased $61.3 million, or 6.2% on a constant currency basis.

•Our gross profit was $184.8 million and our gross margin was 19.7% in 2023, compared to gross profit of $192.7 million and gross margin of 19.4% in 2022.

•Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) was $227.4 million in 2023, compared to $234.8 million in 2022.

•Our net income was $10.2 million, or 5.5% of gross profit in 2023, compared to net loss of $24.6 million, or (12.8)% of gross profit in 2022. Net income for 2023 included a pre-tax gain of approximately $22.6 million recorded in 2023 in connection with the repurchase of half of our 2.95% convertible notes due in 2026.

•Our Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $28.5 million in 2023, compared to $26.3 million in 2022. Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 12.5% and 11.2% of Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA and constant currency measures are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Recent Developments

Israel-Hamas War – October 2023

Many of our employees, including certain members of our management team and board of directors, operate from Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region may directly affect our business and operations.

In October 2023, Hamas terrorists infiltrated Israel’s southern border from the Gaza strip and conducted a series of attacks on civilian and military targets. Hamas also launched extensive rocket attacks on the Israeli population and industrial centers located along Israel’s border with the Gaza strip and in other areas within the State of Israel. These attacks resulted in extensive deaths, injuries and the kidnapping of civilians and soldiers. In response, Israel’s security cabinet declared war against Hamas and a military campaign against this terrorist organization commenced in parallel to their continued rocket and terror attacks. In addition, since the commencement of these events, there have been continued hostilities along Israel’s northern border with Lebanon (with the Hezbollah terror organization). Furthermore, the Houthi movement, which controls parts of Yemen, launched several attacks on marine vessels traversing the Red Sea, which were thought either to be in route toward Israel or to be owned by Israeli persons. The Red Sea is a vital maritime route for international trade traveling to or from Israel, and in response to the Houthi movement’s attacks, coalition forces led by the United States and Great Britain have targeted sites in Yemen. It is possible that hostilities with Hezbollah in Lebanon will escalate, and that other terrorist organizations, including Palestinian military organizations in the West Bank as well as other hostile countries, such as Iran, will join the hostilities and these clashes may escalate in the future into a greater regional conflict.

The draft of Israeli military reservists, as well as the evacuation of Israeli citizens from areas near conflict zones have adversely affected our employees impacted by such actions. In addition, future government-imposed restrictions and precautions in response to such conflicts may negatively impact our employees, management and directors by interrupting their ability to effectively perform their roles and responsibilities. In addition, further hostilities involving Israel, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners, and/or the willingness to do business with companies with operations in Israel, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. The intensity and duration of Israel’s current war against Hamas and the other terror organizations is difficult to predict and we are continuing to monitor the situation and assessing its potential impact on our business.

48

Table of Contents

We cannot attribute the impact of the current trends in advertising demand to any particular factor, including the Israel-Hamas War, and cannot predict the impact if the war continues or escalates further. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report for more information regarding certain risks associated with the Israel-Hamas conflict.

The Launch of our New Branding Platform

On June 14, 2023, we announced the launch of Onyx by Outbrain™ (Onyx), a new branding platform designed to maximize consumer attention to deliver more effective branding and consideration campaigns. The Onyx product offering consists of an exclusive environment of in-article placements across a number of Outbrain’s premium media owner partners, featuring rich pre-roll video and high-impact formats designed to drive high attention.

Onyx is designed to meet enterprise brand requirements of viewability and brand safety, while delivering value beyond traditional ad views. With Onyx, we have applied Outbrain’s AI prediction engine to an entirely new business offering that will enable brands to reach their target audiences at viewable, premium, high-attention moments across the Open Internet. Onyx diversifies Outbrain’s business model by showcasing the ability to apply our unique prediction technology beyond performance advertising.

The Onyx environment is designed for brand needs, including third-party brand safety verification and consistently high viewability. Launched in partnership with industry leaders in brand safety and attention-based media measurement, Onyx aims to increase campaign effectiveness by predicting moments of attention and optimizing media spend toward them. Onyx is now available in the U.S., UK, Japan, Germany, France, and Italy, with additional markets rolling out in the future. With the addition of Onyx, we greatly expanded our total addressable market with our ability to deliver on upper-funnel objectives.

Restructuring

On May 31, 2023, we announced a reduction in our global workforce of approximately 10% to adjust to the continued macroeconomic uncertainty, create additional operating efficiencies, and support our strategic growth and profitability objectives. During the second quarter of 2023, we recorded pre-tax charges of approximately $2.3 million in connection with the workforce reduction, primarily related to employee severance and related benefit costs. These costs were in addition to $1.2 million of severance and related costs related to other reorganization activities undertaken during 2023.

Partial Repurchase of Convertible Senior Notes

On April 14, 2023, we repurchased $118.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.95% convertible notes due 2026 (“Convertible Notes”) out of the initially issued principal balance of $236.0 million via a privately negotiated repurchase agreement with Baupost Group Securities, L.L.C., the sole holder of the Convertible Notes, for approximately $96.2 million in cash, including accrued interest, representing a discount of approximately 19% to the principal amount of the repurchased Convertible Notes. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $22.6 million in our audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. In connection with our partial repurchase of Convertible Notes, we redeemed some of our available-for-sale marketable securities prior to their maturities for net proceeds of $78.9 million. Following the closing of the repurchase, the repurchased Convertible Notes were cancelled by the Trustee, and $118.0 million principal amount of the Convertible Notes out of the initially issued principal balance of $236.0 million remains outstanding as of December 31, 2023, and continues to be subject to the terms of the indenture dated as of July 27, 2021 (“Indenture”), pursuant to which they were issued.

Acquisition

On January 5, 2022, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of video intelligence AG (“vi”), a Swiss-based contextual video technology company for digital media owners. The purchase price of approximately $54.2 million was comprised of cash and 355,786 shares of our common stock. This acquisition expanded our video product offerings to include in-stream high-quality video content, delivering a better user experience and more value to our advertisers. This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and the results of the acquired entity have been included in our results of operations beginning on January 5, 2022.

As part of our growth strategy, we plan to continue to evaluate strategic acquisition or investment opportunities that would enhance our technology or market presence and deliver more value to our partners and advertisers.

49

Table of Contents

Macroeconomic Environment

General worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced significant instability, as well as volatility and disruption in the financial markets, resulting from factors including the effects of the wars between Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas, the COVID-19 pandemic, bank closures, and general economic uncertainty. The current macroeconomic environment, with variables such as inflation, increased interest rates, bank disruptions, recessionary concerns, bankruptcies, currency exchange rate fluctuations, global supply chain disruptions, and labor market volatility, has negatively impacted our advertisers. Accordingly, these conditions have adversely impacted our business and could, if they continue or worsen, adversely impact us in the future, including if our advertisers were to reduce or further reduce their advertising spending as a result of any of these factors. We continue to monitor our operations, and the operations of those in our ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers, and agencies). These conditions make it difficult for us, our media partners, advertisers, and agencies to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and could cause a further reduction or delay in overall advertising demand and spending or impact our advertisers’ ability to pay, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Retention and Growth of Relationships with Media Partners

We rely on relationships with our media partners for a significant portion of our advertising inventory and our corresponding ability to drive advertising revenue. To further strengthen these relationships, we continuously invest in our technology and product functionality to drive user engagement and monetization by (i) improving our algorithms, referred to as our AI prediction engine; (ii) effectively managing supply and demand; (iii) expanding the adoption of our enhanced products by media partners; and (iv) expanding our demand capabilities to new formats and business lines such as Onyx.

Our relationships with media partners are typically long-term, exclusive, and strategic in nature. Our top 20 media partners, based on our 2023 revenue, have been using our platform for an average of seven years, despite their typical contract length being two to four years. Net revenue retention is an important indicator of media partner satisfaction, the value of our platform, as well as our ability to grow revenue from existing relationships.

We calculate media partner net revenue retention at the end of each quarter by starting with revenue generated on media partners’ properties during the same period in the prior year, “Prior Period Retention Revenue.” We then calculate the revenue generated on these same media partners’ properties in the current period, “Current Period Retention Revenue.” Current Period Retention Revenue reflects any expansions within the media partner relationships, such as any additional placements or properties on which we extend our recommendations, as well as contraction or attrition. Our media partner net revenue retention in a quarter equals the Current Period Retention Revenue divided by the Prior Period Retention Revenue. To calculate media partner net revenue retention for year-to-date and annual periods, we sum the quarterly Current Period Retention Revenue and divide it by the sum of the quarterly Prior Period Retention Revenue. These amounts exclude certain revenue adjustments and revenue recognized on a net basis. Our media partner net revenue retention was 86% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, reflecting lower yields mainly due to weaker demand on our platform, primarily as a result of the unfavorable macroeconomic conditions and the related impact on advertising spend.

Exploring new media partnerships, especially those that provide us with access to new audiences and data sets, also contributes to our growth. New media partners are defined as those relationships in which revenue was not generated in the prior period, except for limited instances where residual revenue was generated on a media partner’s properties. In such instances, the residual revenue would be excluded from net revenue retention above. Revenue generated on new media partners’ properties contributed approximately 8% to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 12% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

User Engagement with Relevant Media and Advertising Content

Driving attention and engagement is the key pillar of our platform that drives value for consumers, media partners, and advertisers. Our AI prediction algorithm manages this dynamic, matching consumers with editorial and advertiser experiences that will deliver attention and engagement across the Open Internet. We believe that the user experience has a profound impact on long term user behavior patterns and thus “compounds” over time, improving our long term monetization prospects. This principle guides our behavior, and as a result, we do not focus on the price of ads, nor on maximizing such prices, as key performance indicators for the business. We strive to compound consumer attention and engagement, continually enhancing value for both advertisers and media owners.

50

Table of Contents

Growth in attention and engagement is driven by several factors, including enhancements to our AI prediction technology, growth in the breadth and depth of our data assets, the size and quality of our content and advertising index, user engagement, new media partners, and expansion on existing media partners. As we grow attention and engagement, we are able to collect more data and continually improve our prediction engine — which drives better results for our advertiser and media owner partners. This growth “flywheel” can be measured by growth of the consumer data points we drive, such as click-through-rate (“CTR”). CTR improvements increase the number of clicks on our platform. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to further grow consumer engagement, and thus our business, as today CTR for ads on our platform is less than 1% of ads served. With the launch of Onyx, we have expanded the measurable consumer data points that fuel our prediction engine, expanding our ability to drive concrete business outcomes at each step of the marketing funnel.

Advertiser Retention and Growth

Our engine serves the ad experiences that are predicted to deliver high attention or engagement, rather than on price of the ads. We believe this approach leads to better return-on-ad-spend (“ROAS”) for advertisers, whether they are focused on driving a performance outcome, or a branding outcome. Our growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on our platform, as well as by acquiring new advertisers. Our recent launch of Onyx by Outbrain™ expands Outbrain’s total addressable market to now include top of the funnel marketing dollars while also attracting more diverse, premium demand.

We continually invest in enhancements to our platform that allow advertisers to drive concrete business outcomes and ROAS. In particular, we are expanding our usage of AI to automate manual tasks in campaign set up and optimization, and to enhance advertiser creative and landing page performance.

Prices paid by advertisers on our platform fluctuate period to period for a variety of reasons, including supply and demand balance, macroeconomic conditions, and seasonality. We have experienced a downward trend resulting in lower average prices in 2023 and 2022, compared to normal levels, reflecting unfavorable macroeconomic conditions impacting our industry. Movements in average prices do not necessarily correlate to our revenue or Ex-TAC Gross Profit trends. In order to grow our revenue and Ex-TAC Gross Profit and maximize value for our advertisers and media partners, our focus as a business is on driving business outcomes and ROAS for advertisers, not on optimizing for price.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, tens of thousands of unique advertisers were active on our owned and operated platform, in addition to the thousands of advertisers who access Outbrain and Onyx environments through our programmatic partnerships.

Expansion Into New Environments, New Experiences and New Ad Formats

The accelerating pace of technological innovation has rapidly changed consumer habits. The available mediums and formats for consumers to engage with media has greatly expanded over the last several years. As this evolution in media consumption and consumer behavior continues, we are focused on utilizing our AI prediction technology to bring curated, relevant consumer experiences to these new devices, experiences and formats.

Fundamentally, we plan to continue to make our platform available for media partners on all types of devices and platforms and evolve our business to apply our technology to the most popular methods of media consumption, which now include unique video, high-impact display, and other new media experiences.

Examples of new environments in which content consumption is expected to grow include pre-installed applications on Smartphones, Smartphone content feeds, gaming applications, and push notifications. Additionally, we believe there is a strong opportunity to develop better personalization solutions for the visual and video consumption of news media across the Open Internet.

Through our acquisition of vi in the first quarter of 2022, we expanded our video product offerings to new formats and environments, including pre-roll video formats. With the introduction of Onyx by Outbrain™, we have expanded our investment in applying our AI prediction to these new video and high-impact formats, delivering a curated consumer experience that drives attention for enterprise brands. We plan to continue to evaluate strategic acquisition or investment opportunities as part of our growth strategy in the future.

The development and deployment of new ad formats allow us to better serve consumers, media partners and, ultimately, advertisers who seek to target and engage consumers at scale; we believe this continues to open and grow new types of advertiser demand, while ensuring relevance as the environments in which we operate diversify.

51

Table of Contents

Investment in Our Technology and Infrastructure

Innovation is a core tenet of our Company and our industry. We plan to continue our investments in our people and our technology in order to retain and enhance our competitive position. For example, improvements to our AI prediction engine help us deliver more relevant ads, driving higher user engagement, thereby improving ROAS for advertisers and increasing monetization for our media partners.

We strongly believe in the transformative power of AI in shaping the future of sustainable media, and have been utilizing AI technology for years to empower both media owners and advertisers in their businesses. We leverage AI in a manner designed to enable media owners to increase their revenues and connect with audiences on their own platforms within the Open Internet. We use machine learning to predict consumer interest and propensity to convert. We make around 1 billion such predictions every second. Our technology has developed into a robust AI machine learning system and is largely homegrown by our Research and Development team. One of the strongest long-term levers in our business is the continuous improvement of our algorithms and the data sets our algorithms learn from. Our direct integrations across our media partners’ properties provide us with a large volume of proprietary first-party data, including context, user interest and behavioral signals. The more data points we have, the better our CTR predictions and yield potential can be.

Our Smartlogic product dynamically adjusts both the arrangement and the formats of content delivered to a user, depending on the user’s preferences and our media partner’s key performance indicators (“KPIs”), designed to provide a tailored and engaging feed experience. We continue to invest in media partner and advertiser focused tools, technology, and products as well as privacy-centric solutions. For example, Keystone by Outbrain™ enables a more holistic management of overall revenue for media owners increasingly focused on revenue diversification.

We believe that our proprietary micro-services, API-based cloud infrastructure provides us with a strategic competitive advantage, as we are able to deploy code hundreds of times per day and grow in a scalable and highly cost-effective manner. As we develop and deploy solutions for enhanced integration of our technologies in new environments, with new content and ad formats, we anticipate activity through our platform to grow. We anticipate that the investment in our technology, infrastructure and solutions will contribute to our long-term growth.

Industry Dynamics

Our business depends on the overall demand for digital advertising, on the continuous success of our current and prospective media partners, and on general market conditions. Digital advertising is a rapidly growing industry, with growth that has outpaced the growth of the broad advertising industry. Content consumption continues to shift online, requiring media owners to adapt in order to successfully attract, engage and monetize their consumers. The soaring volume of online content, amplified by the latest generative AI innovations, has made content curation tools even more essential for consumers and media owners alike.

AI is revolutionizing content creation, distribution, and personalization; automating tasks like video editing, image recognition, and language translation. AI-powered systems are also improving content delivery, helping media platforms suggest relevant movies, shows, articles, and advertisements to consumers. This is especially important at a time when advertisers increasingly anticipate measurable results from their digital advertising investments. Our experience in this space enables us to more nimbly capitalize on the opportunities for media owners and advertisers to leverage AI and automation to engage consumers and optimize their business goals.

Regulators across most developed markets are increasingly focused on enacting and enforcing user privacy rules as well as exerting tighter oversight on the major “walled garden” platforms. Industry participants have recently been, and likely will continue to be, impacted by changes implemented by platform leaders, such as Apple’s change to its Identifier for Advertisers policy and Google’s evolving roadmap pertaining to the use of third-party cookies within its Chrome web browser. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors'' in this Report for additional information regarding changing industry dynamics with respect to industry participants and the regulatory environment. Given our focus on context and engagement, the depth and length of our media partner relationships, and our scale, we believe that we are well positioned in the long-term to address and potentially benefit from many of these industry dynamics. Additionally, we are confident that our strength in delivering engagement and clear outcomes for advertisers, built on our proprietary AI prediction engine, aligns well with the ongoing market shift towards increased accountability and expectations of ROAS from digital advertising spend.

52

Table of Contents

Seasonality

The global advertising industry experiences seasonal trends that affect most participants in the digital advertising ecosystem. Our revenue generally fluctuates from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonality, as many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, as well as the timing of advertising budget cycles. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year has reflected the highest levels of advertiser spending, and the first quarter generally has reflected the lowest level of advertiser spending.

In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical and discretionary in nature, reflecting changes in brand advertising strategy, budgeting constraints, and buying patterns, and a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. The quarterly rate of increase in our traffic acquisition costs is generally commensurate with the quarterly rate of increase in our revenue. However, traffic acquisition costs have, at times, grown at a faster or slower rate than revenue, primarily due to the mix of the revenue generated or contracted terms with media partners. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue, though historical seasonality may not be predictive of future results given the potential for changes in advertising buying patterns and macroeconomic conditions. These trends will affect our operating results and we expect our revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures

Revenue

We generate revenue from advertisers through ads that we deliver across a variety of media partner properties. We charge advertisers for clicks on and, to a lesser extent, impressions of their ads, depending on how they choose to contract with us. We recognize revenue in the period in which the click or impression occurs.

The amount of revenue that we generate depends on the level of demand from advertisers to promote their content to users across our media partners’ properties. We generate higher revenue at times of high demand, which is also impacted by seasonal factors. For any given marketing campaign, the advertiser has the ability to adjust its price in real time and set a maximum spend. This allows advertisers to adjust the estimated ad spend attributable to the particular campaign. Due to the measurable performance that our advertisers achieve with us, a portion of our advertisers increase their level of spend with us over time as long as their ROAS objectives are met.

Our agreements with advertisers provide them with considerable flexibility to modify their overall budget, price (cost-per-click or cost-per-impression), and the ads they wish to deliver on our platform.

Traffic Acquisition Costs

We define traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) as amounts owed to media partners for their share of the revenue we generated on their properties. We incur traffic acquisition costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Traffic acquisition costs are based on the media partners’ revenue share or, in some circumstances, based on a guaranteed minimum rate of payment from us in exchange for guaranteed placement of our ads on specified portions of the media partner’s digital properties. These guaranteed rates are typically provided per thousand qualified page views, whereas our minimum monthly payment to the media partner may fluctuate based on how many qualified page views the media partner generates, subject to a maximum guarantee. As such, traffic acquisition costs may not correlate with fluctuations in revenue, and our rates may remain fixed even with a decrease in revenue. Traffic acquisition costs also include amounts payable to programmatic supply partners.

Other Cost of Revenue

Other cost of revenue consists of costs related to the management of our data centers, hosting fees, data connectivity costs and depreciation and amortization. Other cost of revenue also includes the amortization of capitalized software that is developed or obtained for internal use associated with our revenue-generating technologies.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions.

53

Table of Contents

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses are related to the development and enhancement of our platform and consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, amortization of capitalized software for non-revenue generating infrastructure and facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs for personnel engaged in marketing, advertising, client services, and promotional activities. These expenses also include advertising and promotional spend on media, conferences, and other events to market our services, and facilities costs.

General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, professional fees, facilities costs, insurance, and certain taxes other than income taxes. General and administrative personnel costs include, among others, our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our professional service fees consist primarily of accounting, audit, tax, legal, information technology and other consulting costs, including our implementation of and compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of gain (loss) on convertible debt, interest expense and interest income and other income (expense).

Gain on convertible debt. In 2023, we repurchased $118.0 million of our outstanding Convertible Notes at a discount of approximately 19% of the principal amount and recorded a pre-tax gain of $22.6 million.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense consists of interest expense on the Convertible Notes, our revolving credit facility and capital leases. Interest expense may increase if we incur any borrowings under our revolving credit facility or if we enter into new debt facilities or capital leasing arrangements.

Interest Income and Other Income (Expense), net. Interest income and other income (expense), net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities, discount amortization on our investments in marketable securities, and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to transactions and monetary asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, including mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses may continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as deferred income taxes and changes in valuation allowance, reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical and future projected taxable income, as well as other objectively verifiable evidence, including our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

54

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We have one operating segment, which is also our reportable segment. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenue$935,818$992,082
Cost of revenue:
Traffic acquisition costs708,449757,321
Other cost of revenue42,57142,108
Total cost of revenue751,020799,429
Gross profit184,798192,653
Operating expenses:
Research and development36,40240,320
Sales and marketing98,370108,816
General and administrative58,66557,065
Total operating expenses193,437206,201
Loss from operations(8,639)(13,548)
Other income (expense), net:
Gain on convertible debt22,594
Interest expense(5,393)(7,625)
Interest income and other income (expense), net7,7932,600
Total other income (expense), net24,994(5,025)
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes16,355(18,573)
Provision for income taxes6,1136,008
Net income (loss)$10,242$(24,581)
Other Financial Data:
Research and development as % of revenue3.9%4.1%
Sales and marketing as % of revenue10.5%11.0%
General and administrative as % of revenue6.3%5.8%
Ex-TAC Gross Profit (1)$227,369$234,761
Adjusted EBITDA (1)$28,455$26,274

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Revenue

Revenue decreased by $56.3 million, or 5.7%, to $935.8 million in 2023 from $992.1 million in 2022. Revenue for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $5.0 million, and decreased $61.3 million, or 6.2%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. Our reported revenue decreased approximately $140.1 million due to net revenue retention of 86% on existing media partners, as we have experienced lower yields mainly due to weaker demand on our platform, reflecting the current macroeconomic conditions and the related impact on advertising spend. This decrease was partially offset by growth of approximately 8%, or $80.1 million, from new media partners.

See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for information regarding the constant currency measures provided in this discussion and below to supplement our reported results.

55

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs decreased $48.9 million, or 6.5%, to $708.4 million in 2023, compared to $757.3 million in the prior year period. Traffic acquisition costs included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $3.9 million, and decreased $52.8 million, or 7.0%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in traffic acquisition costs was primarily due to lower revenue and improved performance from certain deals, partially offset by a net unfavorable change in revenue mix. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased to 75.7% in 2023, from 76.3% in 2022.

Other cost of revenue increased $0.5 million, or 1.1%, to $42.6 million in 2023, compared to $42.1 million in the prior year period, primarily due to higher hosting fees due to continued platform improvements, including increased data processing capacity, partially offset by lower depreciation expense on server equipment. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue increased 30 basis points to 4.5% in 2023 from 4.2% in 2022.

Gross profit decreased $7.9 million, or 4.1%, to $184.8 million in 2023, compared to $192.7 million in 2022, which was attributable to the decrease in revenue exceeding the decrease in the cost of revenue, as previously described. Gross profit for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.0 million, and decreased $8.9 million, or 4.6%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit decreased $7.4 million, or 3.1%, to $227.4 million in 2023, from $234.8 million in 2022. Ex-TAC Gross Profit for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $1.1 million, and decreased $8.5 million, or 3.6%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in Ex-TAC Gross Profit was primarily driven by lower revenue and a net unfavorable change in revenue mix, partially offset by improved performance from certain deals. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreased by $12.8 million, or 6.2%, to $193.4 million in 2023, from $206.2 million in 2022. Operating expenses for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $4.9 million, and decreased $7.9 million, or 3.8%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The reported decrease in operating expenses was primarily attributable to lower personnel-related costs of $14.1 million (net of $2.9 million of increased severance and related costs), largely due to lower headcount from cost reduction initiatives and favorable foreign currency effects, lower professional fees of $2.9 million largely attributable to Sarbanes-Oxley Act implementation costs in the prior year period, and lower expense of $2.2 million related to fully amortized intangible assets from a prior acquisition. These declines were partially offset by a $4.7 million increase in the provision for credit losses and a $2.6 million increase in regulatory fees largely due to a partial insurance recovery in the prior year period.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses — decreased $3.9 million, primarily due to lower personnel-related costs.

•Sales and marketing expenses — decreased $10.5 million, primarily due to a $7.0 million decrease in personnel-related costs (net of increased severance and related costs of $1.9 million), lower expense of $2.2 million related to fully amortized intangible assets, and lower marketing costs.

•General and administrative expenses — increased $1.6 million, primarily due to a $4.7 million increase in the provision for credit losses and a $2.6 million increase in regulatory fees, largely due to a partial insurance recovery in the prior year period. These increases were partially offset by lower personnel related costs of $3.2 million and lower professional fees of $2.9 million, largely attributable to the Sarbanes-Oxley implementation costs in the prior year period.

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased slightly to 20.7% in 2023 from 20.8% in 2022, primarily due to the favorable impact of our cost-saving measures, including our global workforce reduction executed in the first half of 2023 to adjust to the continued macroeconomic uncertainty, offset in part by higher severance and benefit costs and provision for credit losses recorded in 2023. We expect our operating expenses to increase modestly in 2024 from 2023, as we invest in key strategic initiatives to support innovation in our business and drive future growth.

56

Table of Contents

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other income (expense), net, increased $30.0 million to income of $25.0 million in 2023, compared to net expense of $5.0 million in 2022, primarily driven by the pre-tax gain of approximately $22.6 million recorded in 2023 in connection with the partial repurchase of our Convertible Notes. The increase in total other income (expense), net was also attributable to incremental investment income of $4.4 million recorded in connection with our investment program initiated in July 2022, a favorable change of $3.0 million in mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts used to manage our foreign currency exchange risk on net cash flows from our non-U.S. dollar denominated operations, and reduced interest expense of $2.2 million largely due to our repurchase of half of the outstanding Convertible Notes in April 2023. These increases were partially offset by higher losses resulting from remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $6.1 million in 2023, compared to $6.0 million in 2022. Our effective tax rate was 37.4% in 2023, compared to (32.3)% in 2022, primarily due to a higher pre-tax income in 2023 (which included a pre-tax gain of approximately $22.6 million on the partial repurchase of our Convertible Notes), as compared to a pre-tax loss in the prior period, and incremental tax expense related to the profitability of non-U.S. jurisdictions, partially offset by a deduction related to foreign-derived intangible income in 2023.

A provision enacted as part of the 2017 Tax Cuts & Jobs Act requires companies to capitalize certain research and experimental expenditures for tax purposes in tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. As a result, as of December 31, 2023, the Company’s U.S. federal net operating losses have been fully utilized, with the exception of those subject to the annual limitation provided for in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which resulted in higher cash taxes and lower effective tax rate due to a deduction related to foreign-derived intangible income.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, tax planning initiatives, as well as certain discrete items.

Net Income (Loss)

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net income of $10.2 million in 2023, as compared to net loss of $24.6 million in 2022. As previously discussed, net income for 2023 included a $22.6 million pre-tax gain in connection with our partial repurchase of our Convertible Notes.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $2.2 million to $28.5 million in 2023 from $26.3 million in 2022, primarily due to lower operating expenses, partially offset by lower Ex-TAC Gross Profit, as previously described. Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2023 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $5.9 million. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to our net income.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Because we are a global company, the comparability of our operating results is affected by foreign exchange fluctuations. We calculate certain constant currency measures and foreign currency impacts by translating the current year’s reported amounts into comparable amounts using the prior year’s exchange rates. All constant currency financial information being presented is non-GAAP and should be used as a supplement to our reported operating results. We believe that this information is helpful to our management and investors to assess our operating performance on a comparable basis. However, these measures are not intended to replace amounts presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may be different from similar measures calculated by other companies.

We present Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Ex-TAC Gross Profit, and Free Cash Flow because they are key profitability measures used by our management and the Board to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, develop short-term and long-term operational plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that these measures provide information to investors and the market in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board.

57

Table of Contents

These non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures below. These non-GAAP financial measures are subject to significant limitations, including those identified below. In addition, other companies in our industry may define these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) or net cash provided by (used in) operating activities presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Ex-TAC Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross profit is the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure. In calculating Ex-TAC Gross Profit, we add back other cost of revenue to gross profit. Ex-TAC Gross Profit may fluctuate in the future due to various factors, including, but not limited to, seasonality and changes in the number of media partners and advertisers, advertiser demand or user engagements.

There are limitations on the use of Ex-TAC Gross Profit in that traffic acquisition cost is a significant component of our total cost of revenue but not the only component and, by definition, Ex-TAC Gross Profit presented for any period will be higher than gross profit for that period. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP financial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have a similar business, may define Ex-TAC Gross Profit differently, which may make comparisons difficult. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue or gross profit presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Ex-TAC Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(In thousands)
Revenue$935,818$992,082
Traffic acquisition costs(708,449)(757,321)
Other cost of revenue(42,571)(42,108)
Gross profit184,798192,653
Other cost of revenue42,57142,108
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$227,369$234,761

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before gain related to convertible debt; interest expense; interest income and other (expense) income, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation, and other income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to merger and acquisition costs, certain public company implementation related costs, regulatory matter costs, and severance costs related to our cost saving initiatives. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board. However, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

58

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(In thousands)
Net income (loss)$10,242$(24,581)
Interest expense5,3937,625
Interest income and other income (expense), net(7,793)(2,600)
Gain related to convertible debt(22,594)
Provision for income taxes6,1136,008
Depreciation and amortization20,70226,919
Stock-based compensation12,14111,660
Regulatory matter costs, net of insurance proceeds742(1,875)
Merger and acquisition costs, public company implementation costs(1)2,515
Severance costs3,509603
Adjusted EBITDA$28,455$26,274
Net income (loss) as % of gross profit5.5%(12.8)%
Adjusted EBITDA as % of Ex-TAC Gross Profit12.5%11.2%

_________________________

(1)Primarily includes costs related to our acquisition of vi in January 2022, costs related to our initial public offering and public company implementation costs.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Free cash flow is a supplementary measure used by our management and the Board to evaluate our ability to generate cash and we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of our available cash flows. Free cash flow should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$13,746$3,813
Purchases of property and equipment(10,127)(13,375)
Capitalized software development costs(10,107)(12,569)
Free cash flow$(6,488)$(22,131)

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We regularly evaluate the cash requirements for our operations, commitments, development activities and capital expenditures and manage our liquidity risk in a manner consistent with our corporate priorities. Our current investment program is focused on achieving maximum returns within our investment policy parameters, while preserving capital and maintaining sufficient liquidity.

We believe that our operating cash flow, cash and cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating expenses, capital expenditures, interest payments on our long-term debt, and planned share repurchases for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, there are multiple factors that could impact our future liquidity, including our business performance, our ability to collect payments from our advertisers, having to pay our media partners even if our advertisers default on their payments, or other factors described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report.

59

Table of Contents

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash receipts from our advertisers, our cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and the available capacity under our revolving credit facility discussed below.

While our collections during the three months ended March 31, 2023 were negatively impacted by the closure of Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), we have historically experienced higher cash collections during our first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter sales, and, as a result, our working capital needs typically decrease during the first quarter. We generally expect these trends to continue in future periods.

As of December 31, 2023, in addition to cash flow from our operations, our available liquidity was follows:

December 31, 2023
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)$70,889
Short-term investments94,313
Long-term investments65,767
Revolving Credit Facility (2)75,000
Total$305,969

__________________________

(1) As of December 31, 2023, approximately $32.1 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held outside of the United States by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. We currently do not have any plans to repatriate our earnings from our foreign subsidiaries. We intend to continue to reinvest our earnings from foreign operations for the foreseeable future, and do not anticipate that we will need funds generated from foreign operations to fund our domestic operations.

(2) On November 2, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB, which provides, subject to borrowing availability and certain other conditions, for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million (the “Facility”), with a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit. Our borrowing availability under the Facility is calculated by reference to a borrowing base which is determined by specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable, based on the defined borrowing formula. On July 18, 2023, the Company entered into a first amendment to the Facility to convert the borrowing rate from LIBOR to SOFR and reduce the required level of domestic cash deposits that the Company is required to maintain at SVB. On March 27, 2023, First Citizens Bank entered into an agreement with FDIC to acquire Silicon Valley Bridge Bank, N.A., assuming all customer deposits and certain other liabilities of Silicon Valley Bridge Bank, N.A. As a result, the Facility remained in effect with First Citizens Bank. The Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) November 2, 2026 or (ii) 120 days prior to the maturity date of the Convertible Notes, unless the Convertible Notes have been converted to our common equity securities.

The Facility contains representations and warranties, including, without limitation, with respect to collateral; accounts receivable; financials; litigation, indictment and compliance with laws; disclosure and no material adverse effect, each of which is a condition to funding. Additionally, the Facility includes events of default and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, restricted payments, and prepayment of the Convertible Notes and of junior indebtedness. The Facility contains a financial covenant that requires, in the event that credit extensions under the Facility equal or exceed 85% of the lesser of the available commitments under the Facility or upon the occurrence of an event of defaults, our Company to maintain a minimum consolidated monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00. We were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. See Note 9 to the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information relating to the Facility.

Material Cash Requirements

Our primary uses of liquidity are payments to our media partners, our operating expenses, capital expenditures, our long-term debt and the related interest payments, and repurchases under our $30 million share repurchase program. We may also use our available cash to make acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or technologies.

60

Table of Contents

We primarily use our operating cash for payments due to media partners and vendors, as well as for personnel costs, and other employee-related expenditures. Our contracts with media partners are generally variable based on volume or guarantee a minimum rate of payment if the media partner reaches certain performance targets. See “Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures —Traffic Acquisition Costs.”

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table presents our material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023:

Payments Due by Period
Total20242025-20262027-2028Thereafter
(In thousands)
Long-term debt (1)$118,000$$118,000$$
Interest (1)10,4433,4816,962
Operating lease obligations (2)15,1264,4816,7222,8591,064
Finance lease obligations (3)256256
Other commitments(4)50,23931,39618,627216
Total (5)$194,064$39,614$150,311$3,075$1,064

___________________

(1)Our Convertible Notes are due July 27, 2026, with interest payable semi-annually in arrears on January 27 and July 27 of each year. As a result of the partial repurchase of half of our Convertible Notes in April 2023, our remaining commitment relating to long-term debt has been reduced to $118 million. See Note 9 to the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information, including conditions for early redemption.

(2)Operating lease agreements primarily relate to leases for certain office facilities and managed data center facilities, including one new operating lease agreement that has not yet commenced with future lease payments of approximately $0.6 million. See Note 8 to the accompanying financial statements for additional information relating to our leases.

(3)Capital lease and other obligations relate to prior leases for certain servers and related equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we made regular payments totaling $1.8 million on our finance lease obligations. See Note 8 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to our leases.

(4)Other commitments include data service contracts and other hosting agreements, network services, and other costs to maintain our platform.

(5)We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded $8.4 million from the preceding table related to uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2023.

Treasury Share Repurchases

On December 14, 2022, our Board approved a new stock repurchase program, authorizing us to repurchase up to $30 million of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, with no requirement to purchase any minimum number of shares. The manner, timing, and actual number of shares repurchased under the program will depend on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, and other investment opportunities. Shares may be repurchased through privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases, including through the use of trading plans intended to qualify under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended, or terminated at any time at our discretion without prior notice. As of December 31, 2023, the remaining repurchase availability under our $30 million share repurchase program was $12.4 million, reflecting repurchases of 3,729,462 shares for $17.8 million in 2023. Commission costs associated with share repurchases and excise taxes accrued as a result of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 do not reduce the remaining authorized amount under the repurchase programs.

During 2022, we repurchased 6,389,129 shares with a fair value of $30.2 million, including commissions, under our prior $30 million share repurchase program authorized in February 2022.

In addition to our publicly announced programs, we periodically withhold shares to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations arising in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and exercise of options and warrants in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and the underlying award agreements. During 2023 and 2022, we withheld 163,265 shares and 245,465 shares, respectively, with a fair value of $0.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, to satisfy the minimum employee tax withholding obligations.

61

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Our cash flow used in investing activities primarily consists of capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. We spent $10.1 million in capital expenditures in 2023, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment, leasehold improvements, and office equipment. We currently anticipate that our capital expenditures will be between $9 million and $11 million in 2024, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment and other equipment. However, actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the major components of our net cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$13,746$3,813
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities69,640(317,898)
Net cash used in financing activities(117,068)(31,699)
Effect of exchange rate changes(1,004)(4,043)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(34,686)$(349,827)

Operating Activities

Net cash from operating activities increased $9.9 million, to net cash provided by operating activities of $13.7 million in 2023, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $3.8 million in 2022, which was primarily driven by a $9.2 million increase in our net income after non-cash adjustments and a $0.7 million net favorable change in operating assets and liabilities, primarily attributable to lower prepayments made to media partners under long-term contracts, partially offset by a net unfavorable change due to the timing of working capital.

Our free cash flow for 2023 improved to a use of cash of $6.5 million, as compared to a use of cash of $22.1 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher net cash provided by operating activities and lower capital expenditures in 2023. Free cash flow is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

Investing Activities

Cash from investing activities increased $387.5 million, to net cash provided by investing activities of $69.6 million in 2023, from net cash used in investing activities of $317.9 million in 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to higher net proceeds of $337.0 million related to our investments in marketable securities, comprised of proceeds from sales (net of repurchases) of $90.3 million in 2023, compared to net purchases of 246.7 million in 2022, reflecting the initial purchases made upon initiating our investment program in the prior year period. The increase in cash from investing activities was also attributable to the higher use of cash of $44.8 million in the prior year period for consideration paid, net of cash acquired for our acquisition of vi, lower capital expenditures of $3.2 million in 2023, primarily due to higher purchases of servers and related equipment in 2022, and lower capitalized software development costs of $2.5 million.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities decreased $85.4 million to cash used in financing activities of $117.1 million in 2023, from cash used in financing activities of $31.7 million in 2022. This decrease was primarily attributable to $96.2 million of cash used to repurchase half of the Company’s Convertible Notes in April 2023, and a $4.2 million decline in proceeds from exercises of stock options and warrants, partially offset by lower treasury share repurchases of $14.1 million in 2023, compared to 2022.

62

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application than most of our accounting policies and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements. Readers are encouraged to consider this summary together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, including Note 1, for a more complete understanding of the critical accounting policies discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

The determination of whether our revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis involves judgment. In general, we act as a principal on behalf of our advertisers and revenue is recognized gross of any costs that we remit to the media partners. In these cases, we determined that we control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. Our control is evidenced by our ability to monetize the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. For those revenue arrangements where we do not control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers, we are the agent and recognize revenue on a net basis.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdictions in which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our history of pre-tax income, projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income available to carryback to prior years and our tax planning strategies. As a result of our analysis, during 2023 and 2022, after weighing all of the evidence, we determined that the positive evidence, particularly the evidence that was objectively verifiable, continued to outweigh the negative evidence. However, upon evaluating our forecasted state taxable income, we increased our valuation allowance against state net operating loss carryforwards by $0.5 million and $2.8 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related interest and penalties.

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to account for income taxes during the past three fiscal years. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in tax related balances.

63

Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for recently issued accounting standards, which may have an impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

JOBS Act Transition Period

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of some accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our audited consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that have adopted new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

64

Table of Contents

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001454938-23-000029.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-03-15. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

The purpose of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) discussion is to provide the readers of our financial statements with narrative information from our management, which is necessary to understand our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. In addition to the audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP"), we use certain non-GAAP financial measures throughout this discussion to provide investors with supplemental metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision making. These measures are supplemental and are not an alternative to our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Business Overview

Outbrain Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “Outbrain,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) was incorporated in August 2006 in Delaware. The Company is headquartered in New York, New York with various wholly-owned subsidiaries, including in Israel, Europe and Asia.

Outbrain is a leading recommendation platform for advertisers and digital media owners, reaching over a billion unique users around the world. Outbrain’s technology provides personalization, engagement and monetization solutions to thousands of digital media properties, including many of the world’s most prestigious publishers. For tens of thousands of advertisers around the world, Outbrain helps attract new customers and grow their businesses, driving measurable results and return on investment.

Over the past decade, consumers have become increasingly accustomed to seeing highly curated digital content and ads that align with their unique interests. Similar to the way in which social media and search have simplified discovery by synthesizing billions of consumer data points to offer personalized experiences, we provide digital media owners with a platform that encompasses data at scale as well as prediction and recommendation capabilities, helping them deliver both editorial content and paid advertising personalized to their users, based on context and each user’s interests and preferences. Our platform is built for user engagement and, as a mobile-first company, is designed to be highly effective on mobile devices. Outbrain’s technology is deployed on the mobile apps and websites of most of our media partners, generating 72% of our revenue in 2022.

Outbrain operates a two-sided marketplace, which means we usually have exclusive control over all aspects of the user experience, allowing us to quickly test and deploy new formats for our advertisers and media owners. Since inception, we have been guided by the same core principles pertaining to our three constituents: users, media partners, and advertisers.

Users. We believe that by focusing on improving the user experience and ad format innovation, we are able to cultivate user behavior patterns that compound engagement over time, delivering superior long-term monetization for ourselves and for our media partners, as well as better return on ad spend for our advertisers.

Media Partners. We are committed to the long-term success of our media partners. Consistent with this philosophy, we focus on establishing a true win-win partnership. We strive to develop trusted, transparent, multi-year contracts with media partners, which are typically exclusive with us. Our media partners include both traditional publishers and companies in new and rapidly evolving categories such as mobile device manufacturers and web browsers.

Advertisers. We offer a unique advertising solution across the entire purchase funnel, serving tens of thousands of brands - from small businesses to large, Fortune 500 enterprise brands and the agencies that support them. Outbrain’s value proposition to advertisers is to deliver measurable engagement that drives business outcomes - not limited to impressions, views, and reach.

Through our direct, usually exclusive code on page integrations with media partners, we have become one of the largest online advertising platforms on the open web. In 2022, we provided personalized ads to over a billion monthly unique users, delivering on average nearly 12 billion recommendations to content, services and products per day, with over 30,000 advertisers directly using our platform.

45

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our performance for the periods presented:

•Our revenue was $992.1 million in 2022, compared to $1,015.6 million in 2021 and $767.1 million in 2020. Revenue for 2022 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $42.7 million, and increased $19.2 million, or 1.9% on a constant currency basis.

•Our gross profit was $192.7 million and our gross margin was 19.4% in 2022, compared to gross profit of $240.3 million and gross margin of 23.7% in 2021, and gross profit of $165.1 million and gross margin of 21.5% in 2020.

•Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) was $234.8 million in 2022, compared to $272.1 million in 2021 and $194.3 million in 2020.

•Our net loss was $24.6 million, or (12.8)% of gross profit in 2022, compared to net income of $11.0 million, or 4.6% of gross profit in 2021, and a net loss of $4.4 million, or 2.6% of gross profit, in 2020. Net income for 2021 included a one-time tax benefit of $31.8 million due to a release of the valuation allowance on certain U.S. deferred tax assets. Net income for 2021 also included one-time charges of $42.0 million (pre-tax) to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred financing costs on our senior subordinated secured notes that were exchanged for convertible notes upon our IPO, as well as $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense (pre-tax) for awards with an IPO performance condition.

•Our Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $26.3 million in 2022, compared to $88.9 million in 2021 and $41.1 million in 2020. Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 11.2%, 32.7% and 21.2% of Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Recent Developments

On March 10, 2023, we learned that SVB was closed by the California regulators and the FDIC was appointed as receiver. On March 12, 2023, the Department of the Treasury, Federal Reserve and FDIC approved actions enabling the FDIC to complete its resolution of SVB in a manner that fully protects all depositors, and we regained full access to the funds held by SVB.

As a result of the closure of SVB, our ability to collect payments from our customers through our operating accounts maintained at SVB has been impacted and may continue to be impacted. We are in the process of establishing an alternate operating account to which our customers can remit payments. If we are unable to establish an alternate account in the near-term, our cash flow may be negatively impacted, including with respect to the impact of timing of receipts on our first quarter 2023 results, as well as any difficulty we may encounter in collecting unremitted past payments or any impact of the delay on our customers’ ability to make such payments.

We also have a revolving credit facility with SVB, which has not been drawn and under which no amounts are outstanding. While we are currently unable to make borrowings under the credit facility, we do not foresee any near-term needs to draw upon this facility. See our risk factor Item 1A - “Our credit facility with SVB is currently not available for funding and may not be available for funding in the future. If our credit facility remains in effect, which remains uncertain, and we are able at any point to draw down on it, the terms of our facility subject us to operating restrictions and financial covenants that impose risk of default and may restrict our business and financing activities” and our Liquidity and Capital Resources discussion below in this MD&A.

SVB is also the counterparty to the Company’s forward foreign currency hedge contracts, and we do not anticipate that SVB will perform on these obligations. We expect minimal exposure as a result of non-performance and plan to seek a new hedging program with one or more financial institution in the near-term.

We currently do not anticipate a material impact on our financial condition or on our operations as a result of the SVB closure, although this event may impact the timing of our cash collections and disbursements in the first quarter of 2023, with limited to no impact expected for the full year.

46

Table of Contents

Acquisitions

On November 19, 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement, by and among our Company and the shareholders of video intelligence AG (“vi”), a Swiss-based contextual video technology company for digital media owners, for the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of vi. The acquisition was completed on January 5, 2022. The purchase price of approximately $54.2 million was comprised of $49.4 million in cash and 355,786 shares of our common stock. This acquisition expanded the our video product offerings to include in-stream high-quality video content, delivering a better user experience and more value to our advertisers. This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and the results of the acquired entity have been included in our results of operations beginning as of the acquisition date.

As part of our growth strategy, we plan to continue to evaluate strategic acquisition or investment opportunities to add incremental growth with compounding benefits to our business, to further expand our offerings, add key technology and/or reach new markets.

Macroeconomic Environment

General worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced significant instability as well as volatility and disruption in the financial markets, resulting from factors such as the effects of the Russia-Ukraine conflict, the COVID-19 pandemic, and general economic uncertainty. The current macroeconomic environment, with variables such as inflation, increased interest rates, recessionary concerns, currency exchange rate fluctuations, global supply chain disruptions, and labor market volatility, has negatively impacted our advertisers. Accordingly, these conditions have adversely impacted our business during the year ended December 31, 2022, and could, if they continue or worsen, adversely impact us in the future, including if our advertisers were to reduce or further reduce their advertising spending as a result of any of these factors. We continue to monitor our operations, and the operations of those in our ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers and agencies). These conditions make it difficult for us, our media partners, advertisers and agencies to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and could cause a further reduction or delay in overall advertising demand and spending, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Retention and Growth of Relationships with Media Partners

We rely on relationships with our media partners for a significant portion of our advertising inventory and for our ability to increase revenue through expanding their use of our platform. To further strengthen these relationships, we continuously invest in our technology and product functionality to drive user engagement and monetization by (i) improving our algorithms; (ii) effectively managing our supply and demand; and (iii) expanding the adoption of our enhanced products by media partners.

Our relationships with media partners are typically long-term, exclusive and strategic in nature. Our top 20 media partners, based on our 2022 revenue, have been using our platform for an average of over seven years, despite their typical contract length being two to four years. Net revenue retention is an important indicator of media partner satisfaction, the value of our platform, as well as our ability to grow revenue from existing relationships.

We calculate media partner net revenue retention at the end of each quarter by starting with revenue generated on media partners’ properties during the same period in the prior year, “Prior Period Retention Revenue.” We then calculate the revenue generated on these same media partners’ properties in the current period, “Current Period Retention Revenue.” Current Period Retention Revenue reflects any expansions within the media partner relationships, such as any additional placements or properties on which we extend our recommendations, as well as contraction or attrition. Our media partner net revenue retention in a quarter equals the Current Period Retention Revenue divided by the Prior Period Retention Revenue. To calculate media partner net revenue retention for year-to-date and annual periods, we sum the quarterly Current Period Retention Revenue and divide it by the sum of the quarterly Prior Period Retention Revenue. These amounts exclude certain revenue adjustments and revenue recognized on a net basis. Our media partner net revenue retention was 86% for the year ended December 31, 2022, 126% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 104% for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2022 we have experienced lower yields mainly due to weaker demand on our platform, primarily as a result of the current macroeconomic conditions and the related impact on advertising spend, as well as due to unfavorable foreign currency effects.

Our growth also depends on our ability to secure partnerships with new media partners. New media partners are defined as those relationships in which revenue was not generated in the prior period, except for limited instances where residual revenue was generated on a media partner’s properties. In such instances, the residual revenue would be excluded from net revenue retention above. Revenue generated on new media partners’ properties contributed approximately 12% to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2022, 7% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 7% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

47

Table of Contents

User Engagement with Relevant Media and Advertising Content

We believe that engagement is a key pillar of the overall value that our platform provides to users, media partners and advertisers. Our algorithms enable effective engagement of users by facilitating the discovery of content, products and services that they find most interesting, as well as connecting them to personalized ads that are relevant to them. We believe that the user experience has a profound impact on long-term user behavior patterns and thus “compounds” over time improving our long-term monetization prospects. This principle guides our behavior, and, as a result, we do not focus on the price of ads, nor on maximizing such prices, as may be the case with some of our competitors. Given this view, we do not focus on cost-per-click or cost-per-impression as key performance indicators for the business. Consequently, we have a differentiated approach to monetization as we optimize our algorithms for the overall user experience rather than just for the price of each individual user engagement.

Growth in user engagement is driven by several factors, including enhancements to our recommendation engine, growth in the breadth and depth of our data assets, the increase in size and quality of our content and advertising index, user engagement, expansion on existing media partner properties where our recommendations can be served and the adoption of our platform by new media partners. As we grow user engagement, we are able to collect more data, enabling us to further enhance our algorithms, which in turn helps us make smarter recommendations and further grow user engagement, providing our platform and our business with a powerful growth flywheel. We measure the impact of this growth flywheel on our business by reviewing the growth of Click Through Rate (“CTR”) for ads on our platform. CTR improvements increase the number of clicks on our platform. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to further grow user engagement, and thus our business, as today CTR for ads on our platform is less than 1% of recommendations served.

Advertiser Retention and Growth

We focus on serving ads that are most likely to deliver engagement, rather than on the price of the ads, which we believe leads to better ROAS for advertisers. Our growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on our platform, as well as acquiring new advertisers. Improving our platform with functionality and features that increase engagement and ROAS increases the attractiveness of our platform to existing and new advertisers while also growing our share of their advertising budgets. We continuously invest in enhancing our technological capabilities to deliver better ROAS and transparency on ad spend, and market these attributes to grow our advertiser base and share of wallet.

Prices paid by advertisers on our platform fluctuate period to period for a variety of reasons, including supply and demand, competition, macroeconomic conditions, and seasonality. While in 2021, average prices on an annual basis were up relative to prior year, we have experienced a downward trend resulting in lower average prices in 2022, compared to 2021 levels, reflecting the unfavorable macroeconomic conditions impacting our industry. Movements in average prices do not necessarily correlate to our revenue or Ex-TAC Gross Profit trends. In order to grow our revenue and Ex-TAC Gross Profit and maximize value for our advertisers and media partners, our focus as a business is on driving user engagement and ROAS for advertisers, not on optimizing for price.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, over 30,000 unique advertisers were active on our platform. In addition, we continue to grow our programmatic partnerships, enabling us to grow our advertiser base efficiently.

Expansion Into New Environments, New Content Experiences and New Ad Formats

The accelerating pace of technological innovation and adoption, combined with continuously evolving user behavior and content consumption habits, presents multiple opportunities for growth. The emergence of new devices, platforms and environments in which users spend time consuming content is one area of expansion for us. Similarly, the formats in which content can or will be consumed continue to evolve, as do user-friendly and impactful ad formats that can be delivered in or alongside that content. Fundamentally, we plan to continue making our platform available for media partners on all types of devices and platforms, and all formats of media, that carry their content.

Examples of new environments in which content consumption is expected to grow include connected TVs (“CTV”), screens for autonomous vehicles and public transport, pre-installed applications on new smartphones, smartphone native content feeds, push notifications and email newsletters. We are developing solutions that allow media partners, service providers and manufacturers to provide better curated, personalized and more engaging content feeds and recommendations in these environments. Through our acquisition of vi in the first quarter of 2022, we expanded our video product offerings to new formats and environments, including pre-roll high-impact video formats.

48

Table of Contents

The development and deployment of new ad formats allow us to better serve users, media partners and, ultimately, advertisers who seek to target and engage users at scale; this continues to open and grow new types of advertiser demand, while ensuring relevance as the environments in which we operate diversify.

Investment in Our Technology and Infrastructure

Innovation is a core tenet of our Company and our industry. We plan to continue our investments in our people and our technology in order to retain and enhance our competitive position. For example, improvements to our algorithms help us deliver more relevant ads, driving higher user engagement, thereby improving ROAS for advertisers and increasing monetization for our media partners. Our Smartlogic product dynamically adjusts both the arrangement and the formats of content delivered to a user, depending on the user’s preferences and our media partner’s key performance indicators (“KPIs”), designed to provide a more personalized and engaging feed experience. We continue to invest in media partner and advertiser focused tools, technology and products as well as privacy-centric solutions, most recently announcing the launch of Keystone by Outbrain, which enables a more holistic management of overall revenue for media owners increasingly focused on revenue diversification.

We believe that our proprietary micro-services, API-based cloud infrastructure provides us with a strategic competitive advantage as we are able to deploy code an average of 300 times per day and grow in a scalable and highly cost-effective manner. As we develop and deploy solutions for enhanced integration of our technologies in new environments, with new content and ad formats, we anticipate activity through our platform to grow. We anticipate that the investment in our technology, infrastructure and solutions will contribute to our long-term growth.

Industry Dynamics

Our business depends on the overall demand for digital advertising, on the continuous success of our current and prospective media partners, and on general market conditions. Digital advertising is a rapidly evolving and growing industry, with growth that has outpaced the growth of the broader advertising industry. Content consumption continues to shift online, requiring media owners to adapt in order to successfully attract, engage and monetize their users. Given the large and growing volume of content being generated online, content curation tools are increasingly becoming a necessity for users and media owners alike. Advertisers increasingly rely on digital advertising platforms that deliver highly targeted ads and measurable performance. Regulators across most developed markets are increasingly focused on enacting and enforcing user privacy rules as well as tighter oversight of the major “walled garden” platforms. Industry participants have recently been, and likely will continue to be, impacted by changes implemented by platform leaders such as Apple’s change to its Identifier for Advertisers policy and Google’s evolving roadmap pertaining to the use of cookies within its Chrome web browser. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Report for additional information regarding changing industry dynamics with respect to industry participants and the regulatory environment. Given our focus on innovation, the depth and length of our media partner relationships and our scale, we believe that we are well positioned in the long-term to address and potentially benefit from many of these industry dynamics. Additionally, we believe that our strength in delivering engagement and clear outcomes for advertisers aligns well with the ongoing market shift towards increased accountability and expectations of ROAS from digital advertising spend generally.

Seasonality

The global advertising industry experiences seasonal trends that affect most participants in the digital advertising ecosystem. Our revenue generally fluctuates from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonality, as many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, as well as the timing of advertising budget cycles. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year has reflected the highest levels of advertiser spending, and the first quarter generally has reflected the lowest level of advertiser spending. In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical and discretionary in nature, reflecting changes in brand advertising strategy, budgeting constraints and buying patterns and a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. The quarterly rate of increase in our traffic acquisition costs is generally commensurate with the quarterly rate of increase in our revenue. However, traffic acquisition costs have, at times, grown at a faster or slower rate than revenue, primarily due to the mix of the revenue generated or contracted terms with media partners. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue, though historical seasonality may not be predictive of future results given the potential for changes in advertising buying patterns and macroeconomic conditions. These trends will affect our operating results and we expect our revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

49

Table of Contents

Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures

Revenue

We generate revenue from advertisers through ads that we deliver across a variety of media partner properties. We charge advertisers for clicks on and, to a lesser extent, impressions of their ads, depending on how they choose to contract with us. We recognize revenue in the period in which the click or impression occurs.

The amount of revenue that we generate depends on the level of demand from advertisers to promote their content to users across our media partners’ properties. We generate higher revenue at times of high demand, which is also impacted by seasonal factors. For any given marketing campaign, the advertiser has the ability to adjust its price in real time and set a maximum daily spend. This allows advertisers to adjust the estimated ad spend attributable to the particular campaign. Due to the measurable performance that our advertisers achieve with us, a portion of our advertisers spend with us on an unlimited basis, as long as their ROAS objectives are met.

Our agreements with advertisers provide them with considerable flexibility to modify their overall budget, price (cost-per-click or cost-per-impression), and the ads they wish to deliver on our platform.

Traffic Acquisition Costs

We define traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) as amounts owed to media partners for their share of the revenue we generated on their properties. We incur traffic acquisition costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Traffic acquisition costs are based on the media partners’ revenue share or, in some circumstances, based on a guaranteed minimum rate of payment from us in exchange for guaranteed placement of our ads on specified portions of the media partner’s digital properties. These guaranteed rates are typically provided per thousand qualified page views, whereas our minimum monthly payment to the media partner may fluctuate based on how many qualified page views the media partner generates, subject to a maximum guarantee. As such, traffic acquisition costs may not correlate with fluctuations in revenue, and our rates may remain fixed even with a decrease in revenue. Traffic acquisition costs also include amounts payable to programmatic supply partners.

Other Cost of Revenue

Other cost of revenue consists of costs related to the management of our data centers, hosting fees, data connectivity costs and depreciation and amortization. Other cost of revenue also includes the amortization of capitalized software that is developed or obtained for internal use associated with our revenue-generating technologies.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions.

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses are related to the development and enhancement of our platform and consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, amortization of capitalized software for non-revenue generating infrastructure and facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs for personnel engaged in marketing, advertising, client services, and promotional activities. These expenses also include advertising and promotional spend on media, conferences and other events to market our services, and facilities costs.

General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, professional fees, facilities costs, insurance, and certain taxes other than income taxes. General and administrative personnel costs include, among others, our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our professional service fees consist primarily of accounting, audit, tax, legal, information technology and other consulting costs, including our implementation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements.

50

Table of Contents

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net is comprised of charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO, interest expense and other expense, net, and interest income.

Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO. Charges for the year ended December 31, 2021 include a one-time charge of $42.0 million related to accelerated amortization of the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs on the $200 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated secured notes issued on July 1, 2021 and exchanged to Convertible Notes upon our IPO.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense consists of interest expense on our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”), our revolving credit facility and capital leases. Interest expense may increase if we incur borrowings periodically under our revolving credit facility or if we enter into new debt facilities or capital leasing arrangements.

Interest Income and Other (Expense) Income, net. Interest income and other (expense) income, net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities, discount amortization relating to our investments in marketable securities, and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to transactions and monetary asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, including mark-to-market adjustments on undesignated foreign exchange forward contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses may continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States (“U.S.”) and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as deferred income taxes and changes in valuation allowance, reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical and future projected taxable income, as well as other objectively verifiable evidence, including our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

51

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We have one operating segment, which is also our reportable segment. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenue$992,082$1,015,630$767,142
Cost of revenue:
Traffic acquisition costs757,321743,579572,802
Other cost of revenue42,10831,79129,278
Total cost of revenue799,429775,370602,080
Gross profit192,653240,260165,062
Operating expenses:
Research and development40,32039,16928,961
Sales and marketing108,81695,78677,570
General and administrative57,06570,74948,354
Total operating expenses206,201205,704154,885
(Loss) income from operations(13,548)34,55610,177
Other expense, net:
Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO(42,049)
Interest expense(7,625)(3,964)(832)
Interest income and other (expense) income, net2,600(3,078)(1,695)
Total other expense, net(5,025)(49,091)(2,527)
(Loss) income before provision (benefit) for income taxes(18,573)(14,535)7,650
Provision (benefit) for income taxes6,008(25,530)3,293
Net (loss) income$(24,581)$10,995$4,357
Other Financial Data:
Research and development as % of revenue4.1%3.9%3.8%
Sales and marketing as % of revenue11.0%9.4%10.1%
General and administrative as % of revenue5.8%7.0%6.3%
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$234,761$272,051$194,340
Adjusted EBITDA$26,274$88,884$41,145

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

Revenue

Revenue decreased by $23.5 million, or 2.3%, to $992.1 million in 2022 from $1,015.6 million in 2021. Revenue for 2022 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $42.7 million, and increased $19.2 million, or 1.9%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. Our reported revenue decreased approximately $146.6 million due to net revenue retention of 86% on existing media partners, as we have experienced lower yields mainly due to weaker demand on our platform, primarily as a result of the current macroeconomic conditions and the related impact on advertising spend, as well as due to unfavorable foreign currency effects. This decrease was partially offset by growth of approximately 12%, or $125.0 million, from new media partners, including our recently acquired vi business.

52

Table of Contents

See "Non-GAAP Reconciliations" for information regarding the constant currency measures provided in this discussion and below to supplement our reported results.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs increased $13.7 million, or 1.8%, to $757.3 million in 2022, compared to $743.6 million in the prior year period. Traffic acquisition costs included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $36.1 million, and increased $49.8 million, or 6.7%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. Traffic acquisition costs grew despite lower revenue due to an unfavorable revenue mix and lower performance from certain deals. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs increased to 76.3% in 2022, from 73.2% in 2021.

Other cost of revenue increased $10.3 million, or 32.5%, to $42.1 million in 2022, compared to $31.8 million in the prior year period, primarily due to increased depreciation expense on server equipment, higher hosting fees due to continued platform improvements, including increased data processing capacity, and higher network security related costs. This increase also includes costs from the newly acquired vi business, including the related amortization expense for intangible assets associated with developed technology. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue increased 110 basis points to 4.2% in 2022 from 3.1% in 2021.

Gross profit decreased $47.6 million, or 19.8%, to $192.7 million in 2022, compared to $240.3 million in 2021, which was primarily attributable to the increase in cost of revenue and lower revenue, as previously described. Gross profit for 2022 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $6.6 million, and decreased $41.0 million, or 17.0%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit decreased $37.3 million, or 13.7%, to $234.8 million in 2022, from $272.1 million in 2021. Ex-TAC Gross Profit for 2022 included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $6.6 million, and decreased $30.7 million, or 11.3%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in Ex-TAC Gross Profit was primarily driven by lower revenue, as well as unfavorable revenue mix and lower performance from certain deals. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 0.2%, to $206.2 million in 2022, from $205.7 million in 2021. Operating expenses for 2022 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $10.7 million, and increased $11.2 million, or 5.4%, on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year period. Reported operating expenses in 2021 reflected $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense recorded for IPO-contingent awards, as well as a decrease of $8.2 million in regulatory costs, reflecting a partial insurance recovery in 2022. Such decreases were more than offset by a $25.2 million increase in other operating expenses in 2022, which was primarily comprised of higher other personnel-related costs of $11.6 million, increased public company costs of $4.2 million, expanded digital services taxes in Europe of $3.7 million, amortization of certain intangible assets related to our acquisition of vi, and increased costs of transitioning from a largely remote to a hybrid environment.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses — increased $1.2 million, primarily due to higher personnel-related costs to invest in our technology, offset in part by $1.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense recorded 2021 for IPO-contingent awards.

•Sales and marketing expenses — increased $13.0 million, which was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $8.8 million, expanded digital services taxes of $3.7 million, amortization of certain intangible assets related to our acquisition of vi of $1.9 million, and increased costs related to the transition from a largely remote to a hybrid environment. These increases were partially offset by $4.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense recorded in 2021 for IPO-contingent awards.

•General and administrative expenses — decreased $13.7 million, primarily due to $11.1 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense recorded in 2021 for IPO-contingent awards, as well as a decrease in regulatory costs of $8.2 million, reflecting a partial insurance recovery in 2022. These decreases were partially offset by higher public company costs of $4.2 million, and increased costs of transitioning from a largely remote to a hybrid environment.

53

Table of Contents

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 20.8% in 2022 from 20.3% in 2021, reflecting a higher rate of increase in operating expenses than revenues, partially offset by a 1.6% decrease in operating expenses as a result of the absence of the one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $16.5 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net, decreased $44.1 million to $5.0 million in 2022, compared to $49.1 million in 2021. This decrease in expenses was primarily attributable to the absence of the $42.0 million of one-time charges related to the exchange and cancellation of senior notes upon IPO recorded in 2021 to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs on senior subordinated secured notes issued on July 1, 2021, upon our IPO and convertible senior notes issuance. In addition, we recorded $3.6 million of income in connection with our new investment program initiated in July 2022. These decreases in expenses were partially offset by higher interest expense of $4.0 million on our convertible notes issued in July 2021. See Notes 1 and 7 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $6.0 million in 2022, compared to benefit from income taxes of $25.5 million in 2021, largely due to the $31.8 million release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets in the U.S in 2021. In addition, provision for income taxes increased due to the increase in uncertain tax positions compared to prior year. These increases were partially offset by the impact of lower global pre-tax profitability in the current year and the geographic mix of earnings, including lower tax expense from the inclusion of foreign subsidiaries’ income in the U.S. Our effective tax rate was (32.3)% in 2022, compared to 175.6% in 2021. Our 2021 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by the $31.8 million release of valuation allowance in the U.S. (See Note 8 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.)

A provision enacted as part of the 2017 Tax Cuts & Jobs Act requires companies to capitalize certain research and experimental expenditures for tax purposes in tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. As a result, our utilization of net operating losses has increased in 2022, as compared to prior years.

In addition, on August 16, 2022, the U.S. enacted the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which among other things implements a 15% minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income of certain large corporations and a 1% excise tax on net share repurchases. Based on our current analysis of the provisions, this legislation is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on our current share repurchase program.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, as well as certain discrete items.

Net (Loss) Income

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net loss of $24.6 million in 2022, as compared to net income of $11.0 million in 2021. As previously discussed, net income for 2021 included a one-time tax benefit of $31.8 million due to a release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets. Net income for 2021 also included $42.0 million of one-time charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO (pre-tax), as well as $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense (pre-tax) for awards with an IPO performance condition.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA decreased $62.6 million to $26.3 million in 2022 from $88.9 million in 2021, due to lower Ex-TAC Gross Profit and increased operating expenses and other costs of revenue, as previously described. Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2022 included net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $3.4 million. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to our net income.

54

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Revenue

Revenue increased by $248.5 million, or 32.4%, to $1,015.6 million in 2021 from $767.1 million in 2020. Revenue grew approximately 25.8%, or $198.5 million, from net revenue retention on existing media partners primarily due to increased monetization from higher demand on our platform and our growth in the click-through-rate, and approximately 7.0%, or $53.8 million, from new media partners. Revenue in 2021 also benefited from net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $6.7 million.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs increased $170.8 million, or 29.8%, to $743.6 million in 2021, compared to $572.8 million in the prior year period, including net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $7.3 million. Traffic acquisition costs grew less than revenue due to favorable revenue mix from higher margin media partners and improved performance on media owners with guarantee arrangements. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased to 73.2% in 2021, from 74.7% in 2020.

Other cost of revenue increased $2.5 million, or 8.6%, to $31.8 million in 2021, compared to $29.3 million in the prior year period, primarily due to higher hosting fees due to increased revenue and increased depreciation expense on server equipment. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue decreased 70 basis points to 3.1% in 2021 from 3.8% in 2020.

Gross profit increased $75.2 million, or 45.6%, to $240.3 million in 2021, compared to $165.1 million in 2020, which was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue, partially offset by the corresponding increase in cost of revenue, as previously described.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit increased $77.8 million, or 40.0%, to $272.1 million in 2021, from $194.3 million in 2020, including net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $0.6 million. The increase in Ex-TAC Gross Profit was primarily driven by our revenue growth as well as favorable revenue mix from higher margin media partners and improved performance on media owners with guarantee arrangements. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $50.8 million, or 32.8%, to $205.7 million in 2021, from $154.9 million in 2020. Operating expenses for 2021 included approximately $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was met upon our IPO, and regulatory matter costs of $6.4 million. Operating expenses for 2020 included terminated merger expenses of $11.2 million, offset in part by a $2.3 million reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019. The remaining $36.8 million increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to higher personnel-related costs of $25.0 million, primarily reflecting higher headcount and incentive-based compensation, as well as increased professional fees of $4.3 million and marketing costs of $3.8 million. Operating expenses included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $4.6 million.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses — increased $10.2 million, primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs to invest in the growth of our platform, including $1.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense related to awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO.

•Sales and marketing expenses — increased $18.2 million, primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $14.3 million, including $4.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO, as well as higher marketing costs of $3.6 million.

•General and administrative expenses — increased $22.4 million, largely due to higher personnel-related costs of $18.3 million, including $11.1 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO, and higher professional fees of $10.5 million, which included regulatory matter costs of $6.4 million in 2021. Operating expenses for 2020 included terminated merger expenses of $11.2 million, partially offset by a $2.3 million reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019 with a corresponding charge to income tax expense in 2020.

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased slightly to 20.3% in 2021 from 20.2% in 2020.

55

Table of Contents

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net, increased to $49.1 million in 2021, compared to $2.5 million in 2020, primarily due to $42.0 million of one-time charges recorded in 2021 to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs on senior subordinated secured notes issued on July 1, 2021, upon our IPO and convertible senior notes issuance (see Note 7 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information). The increase in total other expense was also attributable to $3.1 million of interest expense on our convertible senior notes in 2021, as well as the absence of the $1.1 million gain on sale of an asset recorded in 2020.

(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes

Benefit from income taxes was $25.5 million in 2021, compared to provision for income taxes of $3.3 million in 2020, primarily attributable to the release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets in the U.S. Our effective tax rate was 175.6% in 2021, compared to 43.0% in 2020. Our 2021 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by the $31.8 million release of valuation allowance in the U.S. (See Note 8 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.) Our 2020 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by approximately 16.5 percentage points due to certain non-recurring prior year taxes in a foreign tax jurisdiction.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, as well as certain discrete items.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, net income increased $6.6 million, to $11.0 million in 2021, from $4.4 million in 2020. As previously discussed, net income for 2021 included a one-time tax benefit of $31.8 million due to a release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets. Net income for 2021 also included charges of $42.0 million (pre-tax) to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred financing costs on our senior subordinated secured notes that were exchanged for convertible notes upon our IPO, as well as $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense (pre-tax) for awards with an IPO performance condition.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $47.7 million to $88.9 million in 2021 from $41.1 million in 2020, which was primarily attributable to the increase in Ex-TAC Gross Profit, partially offset by the corresponding increase in operating expenses as we continue to invest in our business. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions and reconciliations to our net income.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Because we are a global company, the comparability of our operating results is affected by foreign exchange fluctuations. We calculate certain constant currency measures and foreign currency impacts by translating the current year’s reported amounts into comparable amounts using prior year’s exchange rates. All constant currency financial information being presented is non-GAAP and should be used as a supplement to our reported operating results. We believe that this information is helpful to our management and investors to assess our operating performance on a comparable basis. However, these measures are not intended to replace amounts presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may be different from similar measures calculated by other companies.

We present Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Ex-TAC Gross Profit, and Free Cash Flow because they are key profitability measures used by our management and the Board to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, develop short-term and long-term operational plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that these measures provide information to investors and the market in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board.

These non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures below. These non-GAAP financial measures are subject to significant limitations, including those identified below. In addition, other companies in our industry may define these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue, gross profit, net (loss) income or net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

56

Table of Contents

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Ex-TAC Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross profit is the most comparable GAAP measure. In calculating Ex-TAC Gross Profit, we add back other cost of revenue to gross profit. Ex-TAC Gross Profit may fluctuate in the future due to various factors, including, but not limited to, seasonality and changes in the number of media partners and advertisers, advertiser demand or user engagements.

There are limitations on the use of Ex-TAC Gross Profit in that traffic acquisition cost is a significant component of our total cost of revenue but not the only component and, by definition, Ex-TAC Gross Profit presented for any period will be higher than gross profit for that period. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP financial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have a similar business, may define Ex-TAC Gross Profit differently, which may make comparisons difficult. As a result, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue or gross profit presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Ex-TAC Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(In thousands)
Revenue$992,082$1,015,630$767,142
Traffic acquisition costs(757,321)(743,579)(572,802)
Other cost of revenue(42,108)(31,791)(29,278)
Gross profit192,653240,260165,062
Other cost of revenue42,10831,79129,278
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$234,761$272,051$194,340

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income before charges related to the exchange of senior notes upon IPO; interest expense; interest income and other (expense) income, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation, and other income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to, IPO and public company implementation costs, merger and acquisition costs, regulatory matter costs, and severance costs related to our cost saving initiatives. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board. However, Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

57

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(In thousands)
Net (loss) income$(24,581)$10,995$4,357
Interest expense7,6253,964832
Interest income and other (expense) income, net(2,600)3,0781,695
Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO42,049
Provision (benefit) for income taxes6,008(25,530)3,293
Depreciation and amortization26,91919,47018,509
Stock-based compensation11,66026,3073,588
Regulatory matter costs, net of insurance proceeds(1,875)6,361
Merger and acquisition costs, public company implementation costs(1)2,5152,19011,168
Severance costs603
Tax contingency(2)(2,297)
Adjusted EBITDA$26,274$88,884$41,145
Net Income as % of Gross Profit(12.8)%4.6%2.6%
Adjusted EBITDA as % of Ex-TAC Gross Profit11.2%32.7%21.2%

_________________________

(1)Primarily includes costs related to our initial public offering, public company implementation costs and costs related to our acquisition of vi in January 2022.

(2)Reflects a reversal of a tax contingency recorded within operating expenses in 2019 and a corresponding charge to income tax expense in 2020, net of foreign exchange impact.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Free cash flow is a supplementary measure used by our management and the Board to evaluate our ability to generate cash and we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of our available cash flows. Free cash flow should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$3,813$56,762$52,986
Purchases of property and equipment(13,375)(9,743)(1,511)
Capitalized software development costs(12,569)(10,311)(8,990)
Free cash flow$(22,131)$36,708$42,485

58

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We regularly evaluate the cash requirements for our operations, commitments, development activities and capital expenditures and manage our liquidity risk in a manner consistent with our corporate priorities. During 2022, we initiated a new investment program, which is focused on achieving maximum returns within our investment policy parameters, while preserving capital and maintaining sufficient liquidity.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating expenses, capital expenditures, interest payments on our long-term debt, and planned share repurchases for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, there are multiple factors that could impact our future liquidity, including our business performance, our ability to collect payments from our advertisers, having to pay our media partners even if our advertisers default on their payments, or other factors described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities and cash receipts from our advertisers. As discussed under “Recent Developments” in this MD&A, we have a revolving credit facility with SVB, which has been closed by the California regulators in March 2023. While we are currently unable to make borrowings under the credit facility, we do not foresee any near-term needs to draw upon this facility. We are currently evaluating our options with respect to potential alternate credit facilities, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain such alternate financing on favorable terms or in the desired timeframe.

We have historically experienced higher cash collections during our first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter sales, and, as a result, our working capital needs typically decrease during the first quarter. We expect these trends to continue as we continue to grow our business.

As of December 31, 2022, in addition to cash flow from our operations, our available liquidity was follows:

December 31, 2022
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)$105,580
Short-term investments166,905
Long-term investments78,761
Revolving Credit Facility (2)70,683
Total$421,929

__________________________

(1) As of December 31, 2022, approximately $42.6 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held outside of the United States by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. We currently do not have any plans to repatriate our earnings from our foreign subsidiaries. We intend to continue to reinvest our earnings from foreign operations for the foreseeable future, and do not anticipate that we will need funds generated from foreign operations to fund our domestic operations.

(2) See above under “Recent Developments” with respect to the impact of SVB’s closure on our credit facility with SVB (“2021 Revolving Credit Facility”). The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility provides, subject to borrowing availability and certain other conditions, for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million (the “Facility”), with a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit. Our borrowing availability under the Facility is calculated by reference to a borrowing base which is determined by specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable, based on the defined borrowing formula. The facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) November 2, 2026 or (ii) 120 days prior to the maturity date of our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026, unless the convertible notes have been converted to common equity securities of the Company.

The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility contains representations and warranties, including, without limitation, with respect to collateral; accounts receivable; financials; litigation, indictment and compliance with laws; disclosure and no material adverse effect, each of which is a condition to funding. Additionally, the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility includes events of default and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, restricted payments and prepayment of the Convertible Notes and of junior indebtedness. The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility contains a financial covenant that requires, in the event that credit extensions under the Facility equal or exceed 85% of the lesser of the

59

Table of Contents

available commitments under the Facility or upon the occurrence of an event of defaults, our Company to maintain a minimum consolidated monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00. We were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. See Notes 7 and 14 to the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information relating to our 2021 Revolving Credit Facility.

Material Cash Requirements

Our primary uses of liquidity are payments to our publishers, our operating expenses, capital expenditures, our long-term debt and the related interest payments, and repurchases under our $30 million share repurchase program. We may also use our available cash to make acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or technologies.

We primarily use our operating cash for payments due to media partners and vendors, as well as for personnel costs and other employee-related expenditures. Our contracts with media partners are generally variable based on volume, or guarantee a minimum rate of payment if the media partner reaches certain performance targets. See “Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures —Traffic Acquisition Costs.”

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table presents our material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022:

Payments Due by Period
Total20232024-20252026-2027Thereafter
(In thousands)
Long-term debt (1)$236,000$$$236,000$
Interest (1)27,8486,96213,9246,962
Operating lease obligations (2)15,4184,0046,7033,2011,510
Capital lease obligations (3)2,0991,842257
Acquisition consideration (4)1,4761,191285
Other commitments(5)54,42226,67725,4652,280
Total (6)$337,263$40,676$46,634$248,443$1,510

___________________

(1)Our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes are due July 27, 2026, with interest payable semi-annually in arrears on January 27 and July 27 of each year. See Note 7 to the accompanying financial statements for additional information, including conditions for early redemption.

(2)Operating lease agreements primarily relate to leases for certain office facilities and managed data center facilities, including one new operating lease agreement that has not yet commenced with future lease payments of approximately $2.4 million. See Note 5 to the accompanying financial statements for additional information relating to our leases.

(3)Capital lease and other obligations relate to prior leases for certain servers and related equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we made regular payments totaling $3.2 million on our finance lease obligations. See Note 5 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to our leases.

(4)Represents the remaining portion of the purchase price payable in connection with our 2022 acquisition of vi. See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information.

(5)Other commitments include data service contracts and other hosting agreements, network services, and other costs to maintain our platform.

(6)We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded $7.4 million from the preceding table related to uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2022.

Treasury Share Repurchases

In February 28, 2022, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a share repurchase program under which we are authorized to purchase up to $30 million of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, with no requirement to purchase any minimum number of shares. During 2022, we paid $30.2 million, including commissions, to repurchase 6,389,129 shares under our share repurchase program, and there was no remaining availability under this share repurchase program as of December 31, 2022.

60

Table of Contents

On December 14, 2022, our Board approved a new stock repurchase program, authorizing us to repurchase up to $30 million of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share, with no requirement to purchase any minimum number of shares. The manner, timing, and actual number of shares repurchased under the program will depend on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, and other investment opportunities. Shares may be repurchased through privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases, including through the use of trading plans intended to qualify under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended or terminated at any time at our discretion without prior notice. Repurchases under our new $30 million share repurchase program commenced in January 2023.

In addition, we periodically withhold shares to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations arising in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and exercise of options and warrants in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and the underlying award agreements. During 2022, 2021 and 2020, we withheld 245,465 shares, 1,032,995 shares and 27,769 shares, respectively, with a fair value of $2.5 million, $14.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to satisfy the minimum employee tax withholding obligations.

Capital Expenditures

Our cash flow used in investing activities primarily consists of capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. We spent $13.4 million in capital expenditures in 2022, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment, leasehold improvements, and office equipment. We currently anticipate that our capital expenditures will be between $11 million and $14 million in 2023, primarily relating to expenditures for servers and related equipment, leasehold improvements, and other equipment. However, actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the major components of our net cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$3,813$56,762$52,986
Net cash used in investing activities(317,898)(20,101)(9,423)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(31,699)325,894(4,228)
Effect of exchange rate changes(4,043)(1,030)4,750
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(349,827)$361,525$44,085

Operating Activities

Net cash from operating activities decreased $52.9 million, to cash provided by operating activities of $3.8 million in 2022, as compared to cash provided by operating activities of $56.8 million in 2021, primarily driven by a $56.0 million decrease in our net income after non-cash adjustments. Net cash related to our working capital declined by $3.2 million, primarily due to the unfavorable changes in accounts payable and other current liabilities and in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by the favorable change in accounts receivable. These changes in working capital were largely driven by lower profitability, higher prepayments to certain media owners in connection with long-term contracts, and the timing of payments and receipts.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $3.8 million, to $56.8 million in 2021, as compared to $53.0 million in 2020, primarily driven by a $48.7 million increase in our net income after non-cash adjustments, largely offset by net use of cash related to working capital of $33.1 million, primarily due to the timing of payments, and an increase in other assets of $9.2 million, due to higher prepayments to certain media owners in connection with long-term contracts.

Our free cash flow for 2022 was use of cash of $22.1 million, as compared to free cash flow of $36.7 million in 2021 and $42.5 million in 2020, reflecting lower operating cash flow and higher capital expenditures in 2022. Free cash flow is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

61

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities increased $297.8 million, to $317.9 million in 2022 from $20.1 million in 2021, primarily due to $246.7 million of purchases of marketable securities under our new investment program initiated in July 2022, net of maturities, and $45.2 million of consideration paid, net of cash acquired for our acquisition of vi.

Cash used in investing activities increased $10.7 million, to $20.1 million in 2021 from $9.4 million in 2020, largely due to higher capital expenditures of $8.2 million, primarily attributable to our purchasing as opposed to leasing of servers and related equipment.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities decreased $357.6 million to cash used in financing activities of $31.7 million in 2022, from cash provided by financing activities of $325.9 million in 2021. This decrease was primarily due to the absence of the prior year’s net proceeds from common stock issuances upon our IPO of $145.1 million and net proceeds from issuances of our long-term debt of $193.3 million. In addition, treasury share repurchases increased by $18.5 million in 2022, including $30.2 million of repurchases under our $30 million share repurchase program initiated in February 2022, offset in part by lower shares withheld to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations on vested stock-based compensation awards.

Cash from financing activities increased $330.1 million to $325.9 million in 2021, largely due to net proceeds from common stock issuance upon our IPO of $145.1 million and net proceeds related to issuances of long-term debt of $193.3 million. These increases in cash from financing activities were partially offset by a $13.9 million increase in payments in connection with shares withheld to cover employee tax withholding obligations on vested stock-based compensation awards, primarily in connection with our IPO.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application than most of our accounting policies and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements. Readers are encouraged to consider this summary together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, including Note 1, for a more complete understanding of the critical accounting policies discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

The determination of whether our revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis involves judgment. In general, we act as a principal on behalf of our advertisers and revenue is recognized gross of any costs that we remit to the media partners. In these cases, we determined that we control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. Our control is evidenced by our ability to monetize the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. For those revenue arrangements where we do not control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers, we are the agent and recognize revenue on a net basis.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation for stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) based on the grant date fair value of the awards. We account for forfeitures as they occur. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires numerous assumptions, some of which are complex and subjective.

Certain of our stock option awards, RSUs and SARs had a service condition and a performance condition, satisfied upon our IPO, which was a qualifying liquidity event. Accordingly, we recognized stock-based compensation expense upon our IPO to the extent the related service condition was met.

62

Table of Contents

The fair value of our RSUs is based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, which is based on the closing price of our common stock subsequent to our IPO. Prior to our IPO, because there was no public market for our common stock, our Board determined the fair value of the common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer companies, sales of our convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

There were no stock options granted in 2022. The estimated grant-date fair value of our stock options granted in 2021 and 2020 was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions and inputs, each of which requires the use of subjective assumptions, as further described below.

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Grant date fair value$5.95$4.61
Expected term (in years)6.036.02
Risk-free interest rate1.29%0.52%
Expected volatility43%44%
Dividend rate0%0%

Expected term - represents the period over which our option awards are expected to be outstanding, determined using the simplified method, based on the average of the time to the vest date and the contractual term.

Risk-free interest rate - based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve on the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities corresponding to the awards’ expected term.

Expected volatility - due to our short trading history, estimated using average historical stock volatilities of comparable actively traded public companies within our industry over a period equivalent to the awards’ expected term.

Expected dividend rate - assumed to be zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends.

Fair value of our common stock - subsequent to our IPO, the fair value of common stock is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. Prior to our IPO, our Board determined the fair value of the common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer companies, sales of our convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for any future awards may differ materially compared with the previously granted awards.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdictions in which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our history of pre-tax income, projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income available to carryback to prior years and our tax planning strategies. As a result of our analysis, during the fourth quarter of 2021, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the majority of the U.S. deferred tax assets will be realized, and released $31.8 million of our U.S. valuation allowance. During 2022, after weighing all of the evidence, we determined that the positive evidence, particularly the evidence that was objectively verifiable, continued to outweigh the negative evidence. However, upon evaluating our forecasted state taxable income, we increased our valuation allowance against state net operating loss carryforwards by $2.8 million at December 31, 2022.

63

Table of Contents

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related interest and penalties.

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to account for income taxes during the past three fiscal years. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in tax related balances.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for recently issued accounting standards, which may have an impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

JOBS Act Transition Period

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of some accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our audited consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that have adopted new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

64

Table of Contents

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001454938-22-000003.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-03-18. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”). In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Outbrain Inc., together with our subsidiaries, (“Outbrain”, the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) was incorporated in August 2006 in Delaware. The Company is headquartered in New York, New York and has wholly owned subsidiaries in Israel, Europe, Asia, Brazil and Australia.

Outbrain is a leading recommendation platform powering the open web. Our technology provides personalization, engagement and monetization solutions to thousands of digital media properties, including many of the world’s most prestigious publishers. Through powering discovery feeds on the open web, Outbrain helps over a billion unique users on a monthly basis discover content, offers, services and products they might be interested in. For tens of thousands of advertisers around the world, Outbrain helps attract new customers and grow their businesses, driving measurable results and return on investment.

Over the past decade, consumers have become increasingly accustomed to seeing highly curated digital content and ads that align with their unique interests. Similar to the way in which social media and search have simplified discovery by synthesizing billions of consumer data points to offer personalized feeds, we provide media partners with a platform that encompasses data at scale as well as prediction and recommendation capabilities, helping media partners deliver a discovery feed personalized to their users, based on context and each user’s interests and preferences.

Over the past decade, consumers have become increasingly accustomed to seeing highly curated digital content and ads that align with their unique interests. Similar to the way in which social media and search have simplified discovery by synthesizing billions of consumer data points to offer personalized feeds, we provide media partners with a platform that encompasses data at scale as well as prediction and recommendation capabilities, helping them deliver a discovery feed personalized to their users, based on context and each user’s unique interests and preferences. Our platform is built for user engagement and, as a mobile-first company, is designed to be highly effective on mobile devices. our technology is deployed on the mobile apps and websites of most of our media partners, generating 68% of our revenue in 2021.

Since inception, we have been guided by the same core principles pertaining to our three constituents: media partners, users, and advertisers.

Media Partners. We are committed to the long-term success of our media partners. Consistent with this philosophy, we focus on establishing a true win-win partnership. We strive to develop trusted, transparent, multi-year contracts with media partners, which are typically exclusive with us. Our media partners include both traditional publishers and companies in new and rapidly evolving categories such as mobile device manufacturers and web browsers.

Users. We believe that by focusing on improving the user experience we are able to cultivate user behavior patterns that compound engagement over time, delivering superior long-term monetization for ourselves and for our media partners.

Advertisers. We strive to grow our advertising business by increasing overall user engagement, rather than price per engagement. Our emphasis on user engagement helps us improve advertisers’ return on ad spend (“ROAS”) thus unlocking more advertising spend and attracting more advertisers. In turn this enables us to better match ads to users and further grow user engagement and overall monetization.

Through our direct, usually exclusive, integrations with media partners, we have become one of the largest online advertising platforms on the open web. In 2021, we provided personalized feeds and ads to over 1 billion monthly unique users, delivering on average over 10 billion recommendations to content, services and products per day, with over 24,000 advertisers directly using our platform.

46

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our performance for the periods presented:

•Our revenue grew to $1,015.6 million in 2021, from $767.1 million in 2020, and $687.3 million in 2019.

•Our gross profit was $240.3 million and our gross margin was 23.7% in 2021, compared to gross profit of $165.1 million and gross margin of 21.5% in 2020, and gross profit of $141.8 million and gross margin of 20.6% in 2019.

•Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) increased to $272.1 million in 2021, from $194.3 million in 2020 and $170.3 million in 2019.

•Our net income increased to $11.0 million, or 4.6% of gross profit in 2021, compared to $4.4 million, or 2.6% of gross profit in 2020, and a net loss of $20.5 million, or (14.5)% of gross profit, in 2019. Net income for the 2021 included a one-time tax benefit of $31.8 million due to a release of the valuation allowance on certain U.S. deferred tax assets. Net income for 2021 also included charges of $42.0 million (pre-tax) to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred financing costs on our senior subordinated secured notes that were exchanged for convertible notes upon our IPO, as well as $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense (pre-tax) for awards with an IPO performance condition.

•Our Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased to $88.9 million in 2021, from $41.1 million in 2020 and $19.3 million in 2019. Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 32.7%, 21.2% and 11.3% of Ex-TAC Gross Profit(1) in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Recent Developments

Initial Public Offering

On July 22, 2021, our Form S-1 was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with our IPO of our common stock and our common stock began trading on Nasdaq on July 23, 2021. On July 27, 2021, we closed our IPO and issued 8,000,000 shares of our common stock at an initial offering price of $20.00 per share, receiving aggregate net proceeds of $145.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering costs.

In connection with the IPO, all of the shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into an aggregate of 28,091,267 shares of the Company’s common stock, with all series converted on a one-to-one basis, with the exception of Series F, which was converted at 1.14-to-1, based on the terms of the Series F agreement and the IPO price. The total carrying value of convertible preferred stock of $162.4 million was reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit).

Reverse Stock Split

In connection with our IPO, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) and our stockholders approved a 1-for-1.70 reverse stock split of our common stock, which became effective on July 13, 2021. All share and per-share amounts for all periods presented in our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split and adjustment of the conversion ratio of the convertible preferred stock.

Convertible Notes

On July 1, 2021, we completed the sale of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated secured notes due July 1, 2026 (the “Notes”), in a private placement to institutional investors affiliated with and funds managed by The Baupost Group, L.L.C., pursuant to a Senior Subordinated Secured Note Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2021 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). On July 27, 2021, in connection with the closing of our IPO and pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, we exchanged $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes due July 1, 2026 for $236.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”), pursuant to an indenture, dated July 27, 2021, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. The Convertible Notes will mature on July 27, 2026, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information.

47

Table of Contents

Acquisitions

On November 19, 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement, by and among Outbrain and the shareholders of video intelligence AG (“vi”), a Swiss-based contextual video technology company for digital media owners, for the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of vi for a purchase price of approximately $55 million. The acquisition was completed on January 5, 2022. The purchase price was paid in the form of cash and Outbrain common stock, with the first installment of $37.3 million in cash and the equity portion paid at closing, and the substantial majority of the remaining cash balance payable in the third quarter of 2022. The equity portion of the purchase price is subject to a post-closing adjustment based on market price of our stock to be determined one year from closing, at which time any required adjustment is to be paid in cash. Aggregate consideration for the acquisition of vi will not exceed approximately $55 million in total. The purpose of the acquisition was to expand our video product offerings to include in-stream high-quality video content, delivering a better user experience and more value to its advertisers. This acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination and the results of the acquired entity will be included in our results of operations beginning as of the acquisition date in 2022.

On April 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding shares of Ligatus, a German-based native advertising company, pursuant to a share purchase agreement with Gruner + Jahr GmbH. The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred was approximately $40.1 million, which consisted of 3,603,179 shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and the results of operations of the acquired entity have been included in our results of operations as of the acquisition date.

As part of our growth strategy, we plan to continue to evaluate strategic acquisition or investment opportunities to add incremental growth with compounding benefits to our business, to further expand our offerings, add key technology and/or reach new markets.

COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the spread of the COVID-19 disease as a global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity causing a decrease in demand for a broad variety of goods and services, including those provided by certain advertisers using our platform. Many of our advertisers reduced their advertising spending, which had a negative impact on our revenue during the first half of 2020. As the world quickly shifted to online activities and advertisers gradually shifted their spending toward digital advertising, our revenue trends improved meaningfully and returned to growth beginning in the second half of 2020. Although the advertising market and our business have generally recovered from the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, variables such as global supply chain disruptions, labor shortages and stoppages, and cost inflation impacted certain categories of advertisers, such as the automotive advertisers, and could adversely impact us in the future, including if our advertisers were to reduce or cut their advertising spending as a result of any of these factors. We continue to monitor our operations, and the operations of those in our ecosystem (including media partners, advertisers and agencies), as well as government recommendations.

Factors Affecting Our Business

Retention and Growth of Relationships with Media Partners

We rely on relationships with our media partners for a significant portion of our advertising inventory and for our ability to increase revenue through expanding their use of our platform. To further strengthen these relationships, we continuously invest in our technology and product functionality to drive user engagement and monetization by (i) improving our algorithms; (ii) effectively managing our supply and demand; and (iii) expanding the adoption of our enhanced products by media partners.

Our relationships with media partners are typically long-term, exclusive and strategic in nature. Our top 20 media partners, based on our 2021 revenue, have been using our platform for an average of over seven years, despite their typical contract length being two to three years. Net revenue retention is an important indicator of media partner satisfaction, the value of our platform, as well as our ability to grow revenue from existing relationships.

We calculate media partner net revenue retention at the end of each quarter by starting with revenue generated on media partners’ properties during the same period in the prior year, “Prior Period Retention Revenue.” We then calculate the revenue generated on these same media partners’ properties in the current period, “Current Period Retention Revenue.” Current Period Retention Revenue reflects any expansions within the media partner relationships, such as any additional placements or properties on which we extend our recommendations, as well as contraction or attrition. Our media partner net revenue retention in a quarter equals the Current Period Retention Revenue divided by the Prior Period Retention Revenue. To calculate media partner net revenue retention for year-to-date and annual periods, we sum the quarterly Current Period Retention

48

Table of Contents

Revenue and divide it by the sum of the quarterly Prior Period Retention Revenue. These amounts exclude certain revenue adjustments and revenue recognized on a net basis. Our media partner net revenue retention was 126% for the year ended December 31, 2021, 104% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 95% for the year ended December 31, 2019 (104% excluding one media partner that we chose not to renew in 2019).

Our growth also depends on our ability to secure new partnerships with media partners. New media partners are defined as those relationships in which revenue was not generated in the prior period, except for limited instances where residual revenue was generated on a media partner’s properties. In such instances, the residual revenue would be excluded from net revenue retention above. Revenue generated on new media partners’ properties contributed approximately 7% to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2021, 7% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 10% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

User Engagement with Relevant Media and Advertising Content

We believe that engagement is a key pillar of the overall value that our platform provides to users, media partners and advertisers. Our algorithms enable effective engagement of users by facilitating the discovery of content, products and services that they find most interesting, as well as connecting them to personalized ads that are relevant to them. We believe that the user experience has a profound impact on long-term user behavior patterns and thus “compounds” over time improving our long-term monetization prospects. This principle guides our behavior, and, as a result, we do not focus on the price of ads, nor on maximizing such prices, as may be the case with some of our competitors. Given this view, we do not focus on cost-per-click or cost-per-impression as key performance indicators for the business. Consequently, we have a differentiated approach to monetization as we optimize our algorithms for the overall user experience rather than just for the price of each individual user engagement.

Growth in user engagement is driven by several factors, including enhancements to our recommendation engine, growth in the breadth and depth of our data assets, the increase in size and quality of our content and advertising index, expansion on existing media partner properties where our recommendations can be served and the adoption of our platform by new media partners. As we grow user engagement, we are able to collect more data, enabling us to further enhance our algorithms, which in turn helps us make smarter recommendations and further grow user engagement, providing our platform and our business with a powerful growth flywheel. We measure the impact of this growth flywheel on our business by reviewing the growth of Click Through Rate (“CTR”) for ads on our platform. CTR improvements increase the number of clicks on our platform. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to further grow user engagement, and thus our business, as today CTR on our platform is less than 1% of recommendations served.

Advertiser Retention and Growth

We focus on serving ads that are more engaging rather than on the price of the ads. Our growth is partially driven by retaining and expanding the amount of spend by advertisers on our platform, as well as acquiring new advertisers. Improving our platform’s functionality and features increases the attractiveness of our platform to existing and new advertisers while also growing our share of their advertising budgets. We continuously invest in enhancing our technological capabilities to deliver better ROAS and transparency on ad spend, and market these attributes to grow our advertiser base and share of wallet.

Prices paid by advertisers on our platform fluctuate period to period for a variety of reasons, including supply and demand, competition and seasonality. While in 2019 and 2020 average prices on an annual basis were down relative to prior year, we have noted an upward trend resulting in a higher average price in 2021, compared to 2019 and 2020 levels. Movements in average prices do not necessarily correlate to our revenue or Ex-TAC Gross Profit trends. In order to grow our revenue and Ex-TAC Gross Profit and maximize value for our advertisers and media partners, our focus as a business is on driving user engagement and ROAS for advertisers, not on optimizing for price.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, over 24,000 unique advertisers were active on our platform. In addition, we continue to grow our programmatic partnerships, enabling us to grow our advertiser base efficiently.

Expansion Into New Environments, New Content Experiences and New Ad Formats

The accelerating pace of technological innovation and adoption, combined with continuously evolving user behavior and content consumption habits, presents multiple opportunities for growth. The emergence of new devices, platforms and environments in which users spend time consuming content is one area of expansion for us. Similarly, the formats in which content can or will be consumed continue to evolve, as well as user-friendly and impactful ad formats that can be delivered in or alongside that content. Fundamentally, we plan to continue making our platform available for media partners on all types of devices and platforms, and all formats of media, that carry their content.

49

Table of Contents

Examples of new environments in which content consumption is expected to grow include connected TVs, screens for autonomous vehicles and public transport, pre-installed applications on new smartphones, smartphone native content feeds, push notifications and email newsletters. We are developing solutions that allow media partners, service providers and manufacturers to provide better curated, personalized and more engaging content feeds and recommendations in these environments.

The development and deployment of new ad formats allow us to better serve users, media partners and, ultimately, advertisers who seek to target and engage users at scale; this continues to open and grow new types of advertiser demand, while ensuring relevance as the environments in which we operate diversify.

Investment in Our Technology and Infrastructure

Innovation is a core tenet of our Company and our industry. We plan to continue our investments in our people and our technology in order to retain and enhance our leadership position. For example, improvements to our algorithms help us deliver more relevant ads, driving higher user engagement, thereby improving ROAS for advertisers and increasing monetization for our media partners. In addition, we continue to invest in media partner and advertiser focused tools, technology and products as well as privacy-centric solutions.

We believe that our proprietary micro-services, API-based cloud infrastructure provides us with a strategic competitive advantage as we are able to deploy code an average of 300 times per day and grow in a scalable and highly cost-effective manner. As we develop and deploy solutions for enhanced integration of our technologies in new environments, with new content and ad formats, we anticipate activity through our platform to grow. We anticipate that the investment in our technology, infrastructure and solutions will contribute to our long-term growth.

Industry Dynamics

Our business depends on the overall demand for digital advertising and on the continuous success of our current and prospective media partners. Digital advertising is a rapidly evolving and growing industry, with growth that has outpaced the growth of the broader advertising industry, and it has been more resilient to economic downturns compared to the advertising industry in general. Content consumption is increasingly shifting online, requiring media owners to adapt in order to successfully attract, engage and monetize their users. Given the large and growing volume of content being generated online, content curation tools are increasingly becoming a necessity for users and media owners alike. Advertisers increasingly rely on digital advertising platforms that deliver highly targeted ads and measurable performance. Regulators across most developed markets are increasingly focused on enacting and enforcing user privacy rules as well as tighter oversight of the major ‘walled garden’ platforms. Industry participants have recently been, and likely will continue to be, impacted by changes implemented by platform leaders such as Apple’s change to its Identifier for Advertisers policy and Google’s evolving roadmap pertaining to the use of cookies within its Chrome web browser. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Report for additional information regarding changing industry dynamics with respect to industry participants and the regulatory environment. Given our focus on innovation, the depth and length of our media partner relationships and our scale, we believe that we are well positioned to address and potentially benefit from many of these industry dynamics.

Seasonality

The global advertising industry experiences seasonal trends that affect most participants in the digital advertising ecosystem. Our revenue generally fluctuates from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, including seasonality, as many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, as well as the timing of advertising budget cycles. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year has reflected the highest levels of advertiser spending, and the first quarter generally has reflected the lowest level of advertiser spending. In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical and discretionary in nature, reflecting changes in brand advertising strategy, budgeting constraints and buying patterns and a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. The quarterly rate of increase in our traffic acquisition costs is generally commensurate with the quarterly rate of increase in our revenue. However, traffic acquisition costs have, at times, grown at a faster or slower rate than revenue, primarily due to the mix of the revenue generated or contracted terms with media partners. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue, though historical seasonality may not be predictive of future results given the potential for changes in advertising buying patterns. These trends will affect our operating results and we expect our revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

50

Table of Contents

Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures

Revenue

We generate revenue from advertisers through ads that we deliver across a variety of media partner properties. We charge advertisers for clicks on and, to a lesser extent, impressions of their ads, depending on how they choose to contract with us. We recognize revenue in the period in which the click or impression occurs.

The amount of revenue that we generate depends on the level of demand from advertisers to promote their content to users across our media partners’ properties. We generate higher revenue at times of high demand, which is also impacted by seasonal factors. For any given marketing campaign, the advertiser has the ability to adjust its price in real time and set a maximum daily spend. This allows advertisers to adjust the estimated ad spend attributable to the particular campaign. Due to the measurable performance that our advertisers achieve with us, a significant portion of our advertisers spend with us on an unlimited basis, as long as their ROAS objectives are met.

Our agreements with advertisers provide them with considerable flexibility to modify their overall budget, price (cost-per-click or cost-per-impression), and the ads they wish to deliver on our platform.

Traffic Acquisition Costs

We define traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) as amounts owed to media partners for their share of the revenue we generated on their properties. We incur traffic acquisition costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Traffic acquisition costs are based on the media partners’ revenue share or, in some circumstances, based on a guaranteed minimum rate of payment from us in exchange for guaranteed placement of our ads on specified portions of the media partner’s digital properties. These guaranteed rates are typically provided per thousand qualified page views, whereas our minimum monthly payment to the media partner may fluctuate based on how many qualified page views the media partner generates, subject to a maximum guarantee. Traffic acquisition costs also include amounts payable to programmatic supply partners.

Other Cost of Revenue

Other cost of revenue consists of costs related to the management of our data centers, hosting fees, data connectivity costs and depreciation and amortization. Other cost of revenue also includes the amortization of capitalized software that is developed or obtained for internal use associated with our revenue-generating technologies.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions.

Research and Development.   Research and development expenses are related to the development and enhancement of our platform and consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, amortization of capitalized software for non-revenue generating infrastructure and facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs for personnel engaged in marketing, advertising, client services, and promotional activities. These expenses also include advertising and promotional spend on media, conferences and other events to market our services, and facilities costs.

General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and the related overhead costs, professional fees, facilities costs, insurance, and certain taxes other than income taxes. General and administrative personnel costs include, among others, our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our professional service fees consist primarily of accounting, audit, tax, legal, information technology and other consulting costs, including our implementation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements.

51

Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO, interest expense and interest income and other income (expense), net.

Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO. Charges for the year ended December 31, 2021 include a one-time charge of $42.0 million related to accelerated amortization of the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs on the $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated secured notes issued on July 1, 2021 and exchanged to Convertible Notes upon our IPO.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense consists of interest expense on our 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”), our revolving credit facility and capital leases. Interest expense may increase if we incur borrowings periodically under our revolving credit facility or if we enter into new debt facilities or capital leasing arrangements.

Interest Income and Other Income (Expense), Net.  Interest and other income (expense), net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and money market funds, as well as foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to transactions and monetary asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies. Foreign currency gains and losses may continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States (U.S.) and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as deferred income taxes and changes in valuation allowance, reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical and future projected taxable income, as well as other objectively verifiable evidence, including our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

52

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We have one operating segment, which is also our reportable segment. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenue$1,015,630$767,142$687,333
Cost of revenue:
Traffic acquisition costs743,579572,802517,000
Other cost of revenue31,79129,27828,548
Total cost of revenue775,370602,080545,548
Gross profit240,260165,062141,785
Operating expenses:
Research and development39,16928,96126,391
Sales and marketing95,78677,57078,941
General and administrative70,74948,35451,038
Total operating expenses205,704154,885156,370
Income (loss) from operations34,55610,177(14,585)
Other income (expense), net:
Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO(42,049)
Interest expense(3,964)(832)(601)
Interest income and other income (expense), net(3,078)(1,695)152
Total other expense, net(49,091)(2,527)(449)
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes(14,535)7,650(15,034)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes(25,530)3,2935,480
Net income (loss)$10,995$4,357$(20,514)
Other Financial Data:
Research and development as % of revenue3.9%3.8%3.8%
Sales and marketing as % of revenue9.4%10.1%11.5%
General and administrative as % of revenue7.0%6.3%7.4%
Non-GAAP Financial Data: (1)
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$272,051$194,340$170,333
Adjusted EBITDA$88,884$41,145$19,275

______________________

(1)Ex-TAC Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in this Report for the definitions and limitations of these measures, and reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures.

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Revenue

Revenue increased by $248.5 million, or 32.4%, to $1,015.6 million in 2021 from $767.1 million in 2020. Revenue grew approximately 25.8%, or $198.5 million, from net revenue retention on existing media partners primarily due to increased monetization from higher demand on our platform and our growth in the click-through-rate, and approximately 7.0%, or $53.8 million, from new media partners. Revenue in 2021 also benefited from net favorable foreign currency effects of approximately $6.7 million.

53

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs increased $170.8 million, or 29.8%, to $743.6 million in 2021, compared to $572.8 million in the prior year period, including net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $7.3 million. Traffic acquisition costs grew less than revenue due to favorable revenue mix from higher margin media partners and improved performance on media owners with guarantee arrangements. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased to 73.2% in 2021, from 74.7% in 2020.

Other cost of revenue increased $2.5 million, or 8.6%, to $31.8 million in 2021, compared to $29.3 million in the prior year period, primarily due to higher hosting fees due to increased revenue and increased depreciation expense on server equipment. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue decreased 70 basis points to 3.1% in 2021 from 3.8% in 2020.

Gross profit increased $75.2 million, or 45.6%, to $240.3 million in 2021, compared to $165.1 million in 2020, which was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue, partially offset by the corresponding increase in cost of revenue, as previously described.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit increased $77.8 million, or 40.0%, to $272.1 million in 2021, from $194.3 million in 2020, including net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $0.6 million. The increase in Ex-TAC Gross Profit was primarily driven by our revenue growth as well as favorable revenue mix from higher margin media partners and improved performance on media owners with guarantee arrangements. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $50.8 million, or 32.8%, to $205.7 million in 2021, from $154.9 million in 2020. Operating expenses for 2021 included approximately $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was met upon the Company’s IPO, and regulatory matter costs of $6.4 million. Operating expenses for 2020 included terminated merger expenses of $11.2 million, offset in part by a $2.3 million reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019. The remaining $36.8 million increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to higher personnel-related costs of $25.0 million, primarily reflecting higher headcount and incentive-based compensation, as well as increased professional fees of $4.3 million and marketing costs of $3.8 million. Operating expenses included net unfavorable foreign currency effects of approximately $4.6 million.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses — increased $10.2 million, primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs to invest in the growth of our platform, including $1.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense related to awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO.

•Sales and marketing expenses — increased $18.2 million, primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $14.3 million, including $4.2 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO, as well as higher marketing costs of $3.6 million.

•General and administrative expenses — increased $22.4 million, largely due to higher personnel-related costs of $18.3 million, including $11.1 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense for awards with a performance condition that was satisfied upon our IPO, and higher professional fees of $10.5 million, which included regulatory matter costs of $6.4 million in 2021. Operating expenses for 2020 included terminated merger expenses of $11.2 million, partially offset by a $2.3 million reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019 with a corresponding charge to income tax expense in 2020.

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased slightly to 20.3% in 2021 from 20.2% in 2020. We expect our operating expenses on an absolute basis, excluding one-time costs, to increase over the next twelve months due to higher personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation) to support the growth of our business and the current and expected continued competitive labor market conditions, as well as due to an increase in other sales and marketing costs and increased expenses assuming a transition from a fully remote to a hybrid environment over the course of the year. In addition, our overall general and administrative expenses are expected to increase in future periods due to incremental costs associated with being a public company.

54

Table of Contents

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net, increased to $49.1 million in 2021, compared to $2.5 million in 2020, primarily due to $42.0 million of one-time charges recorded in 2021 to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs on senior subordinated secured notes issued on July 1, 2021, upon our IPO and convertible senior notes issuance (see Note 6 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information). The increase in total other expense, was also attributable to $3.1 million of interest expense on our convertible senior notes in 2021, as well as the absence of the $1.1 million gain on sale of an asset recorded in 2020.

(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes

Benefit from income taxes was $25.5 million in 2021, compared to provision for income taxes of $3.3 million in 2020, primarily attributable to the release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets in the U.S. Our effective tax rate was 175.6% in 2021, compared to 43.0% in 2020. Our 2021 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by the $31.8 million release of valuation allowance in the U.S. (See Note 11 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.) Our 2020 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by approximately 16.5 percentage points due to certain non-recurring prior year taxes in a foreign tax jurisdiction.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in countries with different statutory rates. Additionally, our future effective tax rate may be affected by our ongoing assessment of the need for valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, as well as certain discrete items.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, net income increased $6.6 million, to $11.0 million in 2021, from $4.4 million in 2020. As previously discussed, net income for 2021 included a one-time tax benefit of $31.8 million due to a release of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets. Net income for 2021 also included charges of $42.0 million (pre-tax) to recognize the unamortized discount and deferred financing costs on our senior subordinated secured notes that were exchanged for convertible notes upon our IPO, as well as $16.5 million of one-time incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense (pre-tax) for awards with an IPO performance condition.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $47.7 million to $88.9 million in 2021 from $41.1 million in 2020, which was primarily attributable to the increase in Ex-TAC Gross Profit, partially offset by the corresponding increase in operating expenses as we continue to invest in our business. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions and reconciliations to our net income.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

Revenue

Revenue increased by $79.8 million, or 11.6%, to $767.1 million in 2020 from $687.3 million in 2019. Approximately 7%, or $52 million, of the increase in revenue was from new media partners and approximately 4%, or $27 million, was from net revenue retention on existing media partners as we continue to expand business with them. The COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted our revenue trends in the first half of 2020. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 benefited from net favorable foreign currency effects of $6.3 million.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Traffic acquisition costs increased $55.8 million, or 10.8%, in 2020 compared to 2019 including net unfavorable foreign currency effects of $5.3 million, and were generally commensurate with the increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, traffic acquisition costs decreased approximately 50 basis points to 74.7% in 2020, compared to 75.2% in 2019.

Other cost of revenue increased $0.7 million, or 2.6%, in 2020 compared to 2019, which was primarily attributable to an increase in services that fluctuate with the growth of ad traffic, largely offset by the favorable impact of cost savings initiatives and efficiency projects. As a percentage of revenue, other cost of revenue decreased 40 basis points to 3.8% in 2020, compared to 4.2% in 2019.

55

Table of Contents

Gross profit increased $23.3 million, or 16.4%, to $165.1 million in 2020 compared to $141.8 million in 2019, which was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue, partially offset by the corresponding increase in cost of revenue, as previously described.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Our Ex-TAC Gross Profit increased 14.1% to $194.3 million in 2020, from $170.3 million in 2019, primarily due to revenue growth. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definition and reconciliations to our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreased by $1.5 million, or 0.9%, to $154.9 million in 2020 from $156.4 million in 2019. The decrease in operating expenses was mainly attributable to $6.5 million of reduced expenses in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, including travel and entertainment, facilities, and marketing event expenses, as well as a favorable change of $4.2 million relating to a reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019, as further discussed below. These declines were largely offset by an increase of approximately $9.0 million in personnel-related costs in 2020.

The components of operating expenses are discussed below:

•Research and development expenses—increased $2.6 million, primarily due to higher personnel costs, to invest in the growth of our platform.

•Sales and marketing expenses—decreased $1.4 million, primarily reflecting a decrease of $5.0 million due to reduced expenses in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by an increase of $3.4 million in personnel costs primarily related to higher incentive-based compensation.

•General and administrative expenses—decreased $2.7 million, which included a favorable change of $4.2 million relating to a reversal of a tax-contingency recorded in 2019 and a corresponding charge to income tax expense in 2020, as well as a $3.0 million reduction in expenses in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic and other travel and entertainment expenses. These decreases were partially offset by increased personnel costs of $3.6 million primarily attributable to increased incentive-based compensation costs and $0.6 million of increased acquisition-related costs.

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue declined by 2.6%, from 22.8% in 2019 to 20.2% in 2020.

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net, increased $2.1 million, to $2.5 million in 2020 from $0.4 million in 2019, primarily due to higher foreign currency losses of $3.5 million resulting from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies, partially offset by a $1.1 million gain on sale of an asset.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes decreased by $2.2 million to $3.3 million in 2020 from $5.5 million in 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable to the valuation allowance against one of our foreign subsidiaries’ net operating losses, which was recorded in 2019 and released in 2020 due to the increase in taxable income, as well as higher uncertain tax positions in 2019. Our effective tax rate was 43.0% in 2020, compared to (36.5)% in 2019 due to a loss from operations for that year. Our 2020 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by approximately 16.5 percentage points due to certain non-recurring prior year taxes in a foreign tax jurisdiction.

Net Income (Loss)

As a result of the foregoing, net income (loss) increased $24.9 million, to net income of $4.4 million in 2020, from a net loss of $20.5 million in 2019.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $21.8 million, or 113%, to $41.1 million in 2020 from $19.3 million in 2019, which was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue, partially offset by the corresponding increase in cost of revenue, as previously described. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” for the related definitions and reconciliations to our net income.

56

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We present Ex-TAC Gross Profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Ex-TAC Gross Profit, and Free Cash Flow because they are key profitability measures used by our management and the Board to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, develop short-term and long-term operational plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that these measures provide information to investors and the market in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board.

These non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to the corresponding GAAP measures below. These non-GAAP financial measures are subject to significant limitations, including those identified below. In addition, other companies in our industry may define these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. As a result, this information, should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) or net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ex-TAC Gross Profit

Ex-TAC Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross profit is the most comparable GAAP measure. In calculating Ex-TAC Gross Profit, we add back other cost of revenue to gross profit. Ex-TAC Gross Profit may fluctuate in the future due to various factors, including, but not limited to, seasonality and changes in the number of media partners and advertisers, advertiser demand or user engagements.

There are limitations on the use of Ex-TAC Gross Profit in that traffic acquisition cost is a significant component of our total cost of revenue but not the only component and, by definition, Ex-TAC Gross Profit presented for any period will be higher than gross profit for that period. A potential limitation of this non-GAAP financial measure is that other companies, including companies in our industry which have a similar business, may define Ex-TAC Gross Profit differently, which may make comparisons difficult. As a result, this information, should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenue or gross profit presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Ex-TAC Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Revenue$1,015,630$767,142$687,333
Traffic acquisition costs(743,579)(572,802)(517,000)
Other cost of revenue(31,791)(29,278)(28,548)
Gross profit240,260165,062141,785
Other cost of revenue31,79129,27828,548
Ex-TAC Gross Profit$272,051$194,340$170,333

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before charges related to the exchange of senior notes upon IPO; interest expense; interest income and other income (expense), net; (benefit) provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation, and other income or expenses that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance, including, but not limited to, merger and acquisition costs, regulatory matter costs, and a tax contingency. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and the Board. However, Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplemental measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute or any measures of our financial performance that are calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP.

57

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Net income (loss)$10,995$4,357$(20,514)
Interest expense and other income (expense), net7,0422,527449
Charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO42,049
(Benefit) provision for income taxes(25,530)3,2935,480
Depreciation and amortization19,47018,50916,744
Stock-based compensation26,3073,5883,876
Regulatory matter costs6,361
Merger and acquisition costs(1)2,19011,16810,527
Tax contingency(2)(2,297)2,713
Adjusted EBITDA$88,884$41,145$19,275
Adjusted EBITDA as % of Ex-TAC Gross Profit32.7%21.2%11.3%

_________________________

(1)Primarily includes costs related to our terminated merger with Taboola.com Ltd., costs related to our acquisition of vi in January 2022 and Ligatus in April 2019, and costs related to our initial public offering and SOX implementation.

(2)Reflects a reversal of a tax contingency recorded within operating expenses in 2019 and a corresponding charge to income tax expense in 2020, net of foreign exchange impact.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities less capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. Free cash flow is a supplementary measure used by our management and the Board to evaluate our ability to generate cash and we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of our available cash flows.

The following table presents the reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$56,762$52,986$16,740
Purchases of property and equipment(9,743)(1,511)(2,452)
Capitalized software development costs(10,311)(8,990)(7,935)
Free cash flow$36,708$42,485$6,353

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents, cash from our operations, cash generated from our IPO and from the offering of our Convertible Notes, as well as available capacity under our revolving credit facility.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $455.4 million of cash and cash equivalents, of which $45.0 million was held outside of the United States by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. We currently do not have any plans to repatriate our earnings from our foreign subsidiaries. We intend to continue to reinvest our earnings from foreign operations for the foreseeable future, and do not anticipate that we will need funds generated from foreign operations to fund our domestic operations.

Our primary source of operating cash flows is cash receipts from advertisers. We primarily use our operating cash for payments due to media partners and vendors, as well as for personnel costs and other employee-related expenditures. We have historically experienced higher cash collections during our first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter sales, and, as a result, our working capital needs typically decrease during this quarter. We expect these trends to continue as we continue to grow our business.

58

Table of Contents

Our cash flow used in investing activities primarily consists of capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs. We spent $9.7 million in capital expenditures in 2021 and anticipate that our capital expenditures will be between $21 million and $24 million in 2022, including incremental leasehold improvements of approximately $5 million relating to headcount growth and adapting to post-Covid hybrid work environment. Capital expenditures for 2022 will also include expenditures for servers and related equipment and office equipment. However, actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

We believe that the net proceeds from the IPO and the offering of the Notes, together with our cash and cash equivalents and borrowings available to us, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating expenses, capital expenditures, and interest payments on our long-term debt for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. In addition, we may use our available cash to make acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or technologies, such as our acquisition of vi in January 2022. We also expect to use cash from our operations to fund share repurchases under our $30 million share repurchase authorization announced in February 2022. However, there are multiple factors that could impact our future liquidity, including our ability to collect payments from our advertisers, having to pay our media partners even if our advertisers decrease their payments due to economic conditions, the continued impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic or other factors described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Report.

Convertible Notes

On July 1, 2021, we completed the sale of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated secured notes due July 1, 2026 (the “Notes”), in a private placement to institutional investors affiliated with the funds managed by The Baupost Group, L.L.C. (the “Baupost Investors”), pursuant to a Senior Subordinated Secured Note Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2021 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). Upon issuance of the Notes, we recorded a $36.0 million discount in connection with embedded conversion feature, as well as deferred financing costs of $6.0 million in our consolidated balance sheet. The Notes, which were exchanged and cancelled upon the IPO, bore interest that accrued at the rate of (i) prior to July 1, 2024, 10.0% per annum and (ii) on and after July 1, 2024, 14.5% per annum, payable quarterly and were guaranteed by certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and secured by a second priority lien on all of our and our subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets, subject to certain excluded assets, permitted liens and customary exceptions.

On July 27, 2021, in connection with the closing of our IPO and pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, we exchanged $200 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes due July 1, 2026 for $236.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”), pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 27, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Upon the issuance of such Convertible Notes, the Notes and our obligations and the guarantee thereunder have been canceled and extinguished. The Convertible Notes will mature on July 27, 2026, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. In connection with the exchange of Notes to Convertible Notes, we recognized accelerated amortization of the unamortized discount and deferred issuance costs relating to the Notes totaling $42.0 million, which was recorded within charges related to exchange of senior notes upon IPO in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. Deferred financing costs related to Convertible Notes were not material.

Interest on the Convertible Notes accrues from July 27, 2021, and is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 27 and July 27 of each year, beginning on January 27, 2022, at a rate of 2.95% per year. The initial conversion rate for the Convertible Notes is 40 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of $25 per share of the Company’s common stock), subject to adjustment.

We may not redeem the Convertible Notes prior to July 27, 2024. On or after July 27, 2024, we may redeem for cash all or any portion of the Convertible Notes, at our option, if the last reported sale price of the common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which we provide notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, calling any Convertible Note for redemption will constitute a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture) with respect to that Convertible Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Convertible Note will be increased if it is converted by holders after it is called for redemption.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their Convertible Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, into shares of our common stock at any time until the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, at the conversion rate then in effect. We will settle conversions of the Convertible Notes by paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof, at our election.

59

Table of Contents

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture), subject to certain conditions, holders of the Convertible Notes may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Convertible Notes in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a repurchase price of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date or if we deliver a notice of redemption, we will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such a corporate event or convert its Convertible Notes called for redemption during the related redemption period, as the case may be.

The Indenture contains customary covenants and events of default.

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 2, 2021, we entered into the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB (the “2021 Revolving Credit Facility”), which replaced our prior $35.0 million revolving credit facility that had matured. The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility provides, subject to borrowing availability and certain other conditions, for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million (the “Facility”), with a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit. Our borrowing availability under the Facility is calculated by reference to a borrowing base which is determined by specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable. The Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) November 2, 2026 or (ii) 120 days prior to the maturity date of the Company’s 2.95% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026, unless the Convertible Notes have been converted to common equity securities of the Company.

Outstanding loans under the Facility accrue interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either (a) a base rate minus an applicable margin ranging from 1.5% to 1.0% per annum or (b) LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 1.5% to 2.0% per annum, in each case based upon borrowing availability under the Facility. The undrawn portions of the commitments under the Facility are subject to a commitment fee at a rate ranging from 0.20% per annum to 0.30% per annum, based upon borrowing availability under the Facility.

The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility contains representations and warranties, including, without limitation, with respect to collateral; accounts receivable; financials; litigation, indictment and compliance with laws; disclosure and no material adverse effect, each of which is a condition to funding. Additionally, the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility includes events of default and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, restricted payments and prepayment of the Convertible Notes and of junior indebtedness. The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility contains a financial covenant that requires, in the event that credit extensions under the Facility equal or exceed 85% of the lesser of the available commitments under the Facility or upon the occurrence of an event of defaults, our Company to maintain a minimum consolidated monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00.

Our obligations and the obligations of the other subsidiary co-borrowers under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all our assets and the assets such other subsidiary co-borrowers.

We were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had no borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facilities. The available borrowing capacity under our 2021 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2021 was $75.0 million based on the defined borrowing formula. Deferred financing costs of $0.5 million were recorded within other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

60

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the major components of net cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$56,762$52,986$16,740
Net cash used in investing activities(20,101)(9,423)(7,589)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities325,894(4,228)(3,659)
Effect of exchange rate changes(1,030)4,75064
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$361,525$44,085$5,556

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $3.8 million, to $56.8 million in 2021, as compared to $53.0 million in 2020, primarily driven by a $48.7 million increase in our net income after non-cash adjustments, largely offset by net use of cash related to working capital of $33.1 million, primarily due to the timing of payments, and increase in other assets of $9.2 million, due to higher prepayments to certain media owners in connection with long-term contracts.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $36.3 million, to $53.0 million in 2020 from $16.7 million in 2019, primarily due to a $21.2 million increase in net income after non-cash adjustments. Net cash provided by operating activities also reflected a $14.9 million net increase related to favorable changes in working capital, primarily attributable to the growth in our business, particularly in the fourth quarter of 2020, and improved cash collections.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities increased $10.7 million, to $20.1 million in 2021 from $9.4 million in 2020, primarily due to higher capital expenditures of $8.2 million.

Cash used in investing activities increased $1.8 million, to $9.4 million in 2020 from $7.6 million in 2019, primarily due to lower cash flows related to our acquisition and disposal activities.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities increased $330.1 million to $325.9 million in 2021, largely due to net proceeds from common stock issuance upon our IPO of $145.1 million and net proceeds related to issuances of long-term debt of $193.3 million. These increases in cash from financing activities were partially offset by a $13.9 million increase in payments in connection with shares withheld to cover employee tax withholding obligations on vested stock-based compensation awards, primarily in connection with our IPO.

Cash used in financing activities increased by $0.5 million, to $4.2 million in 2020 from $3.7 million in 2019 reflecting lower proceeds from exercises of stock options and warrants and increased principal payments on capital lease obligations.

61

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2021, our contractual obligations are as follows:

Payments Due by Period
Total20222023-20242025-20262027
(in thousands)
Long-term debt$236,000$$$236,000$
Interest34,8106,96213,92413,924
Operating lease obligations(1)15,0684,2145,8964,029929
Capital lease obligations(2)5,3273,3291,998
Other commitments(3)41,37124,81011,5455,016
Total(4)$332,576$39,315$33,363$258,969$929

___________________

(1)Operating lease agreements relate to leases for certain office facilities.

(2)Capital lease and other obligations relate to leases for certain servers and related equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we made regular payments totaling $4.9 million on our capital lease obligations.

(3)Other commitments include data service contracts and other hosting agreements, network services, and other costs to maintain our platform.

(4)We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded $3.3 million from the preceding table related to uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021.

Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty and contracts that are variable based upon volume, such as contracts with media partners that guarantee a minimum rate of payment if the media partner reaches certain performance targets, are not included in the table above. See “Definitions of Financial and Performance Measures —Traffic Acquisition Costs.”

62

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application than most of our accounting policies and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements. Readers are encouraged to consider this summary together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, including Note 1, for a more complete understanding of the critical accounting policies discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when we transfer control of promised services directly to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

We recognize revenue pursuant to the five-step framework contained in ASC 606: (i) identify the contract with a client; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue as we satisfy the performance obligations.

We generate revenue primarily from advertisers through user engagement with the ads that we place on media partners’ web pages and mobile applications. Our platform delivers ads to end-users that appear as links to articles, products and videos on media partners’ sites.

Our customers include brands, performance advertisers and other advertisers, which we collectively refer to as our advertisers, each of which contracts for use of our services primarily through insertion orders or through our self-service tools, allowing advertisers to establish budgets for their advertising campaigns. Advertising campaigns are primarily billed on a monthly basis. Our payment terms generally range from 30 to 60 days. Because the amount billed is representative of the value of the service delivered to advertisers, we recognize revenue as we satisfy our performance obligations based on the users’ clicks or ads displayed because the advertiser can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the services simultaneously.

For advertising campaigns priced on a cost-per-click basis, we bill our advertisers and recognize revenue when a user clicks on an advertisement we deliver.

For campaigns priced on a cost-per-impression basis, we bill our advertisers and recognize revenue based on the number of times an advertisement is displayed to a user.

Variable consideration, including allowances, discounts, refunds, credits, incentives, or other price concessions, is estimated and recorded at the time that related revenue is recognized. Advance payments from advertisers for future services represent contract liabilities and are recorded as deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets.

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis involves significant judgment. In general, we act as a principal on behalf of our advertisers and revenue is recognized gross of any costs that we remit to the media partners. In these cases, we determined that we control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. Our control is evidenced by our ability to monetize the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers. For those revenue arrangements where we do not control the advertising inventory before it is transferred to our advertisers, we are the agent and recognize revenue on a net basis. We recognize revenue net of applicable sales taxes.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation for stock-based awards, including stock options, warrants, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) based on the grant date fair value of the awards. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires numerous assumptions, some of which are highly complex and subjective.

63

Table of Contents

Stock option awards, RSAs, RSUs and SARs generally vest subject to the satisfaction of service requirements, or the satisfaction of both service requirements and achievement of certain performance conditions. For stock awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of service requirements, stock-based compensation is measured based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant and is recognized as stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For stock awards that have a performance component, stock-based compensation is measured based on the fair value on the grant date and is recognized over the requisite service period as achievement of the performance objective becomes probable.

We estimate the fair value of our stock option awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of judgments and assumptions, including fair value of our common stock for periods prior to the completion of our IPO, the option’s expected term, the expected volatility of our common stock, risk free interest rates and the expected dividend yield. The fair value of our RSAs and RSUs is the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

There were no stock options granted in 2019. The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Year Ended December 31, 2021Year Ended December31, 2020
Expected term (in years)6.036.02
Risk-free interest rate1.29%0.52%
Expected volatility43%44%
Dividend rate0%0%
Fair value of common stock$5.95$4.61

The Black-Scholes model assumptions are further described below:

•Expected term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” we determine the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock-based awards.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximating the stock-based awards’ expected term.

•Expected Volatility. Because we have a short trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several actively traded public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based awards.

•Dividend rate. The expected dividend rate was assumed to be zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

•Fair value of our common stock. For stock options granted subsequent to our IPO, the fair value of common stock is based on the closing price of our common stock reported on NASDAQ Global Market stock exchange on the date of grant. Prior to our IPO, because there is was no public market for our common stock, our Board determined the fair value of the common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer companies, sales of our convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the previously granted awards.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

64

Table of Contents

We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related interest and penalties.

Accounting for Convertible Instruments

On January 1, 2021, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity,” which simplified the accounting for convertible debt instruments by reducing the number of accounting models used to allocate proceeds from five to three, removing certain conditions for equity classification and amending earnings per share calculations to assume share settlement and to require the if-converted method to be applied to all for convertible debt instruments. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements as of the date of adoption. We applied this guidance to its Convertible Notes issued in July 2021 and utilized the if-converted method to calculate the dilutive impact of Convertible Notes and our previously outstanding convertible preferred stock on our earnings per share.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for recently issued accounting standards, which may have an impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

JOBS Act Transition Period

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of some accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that have adopted new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

65

Table of Contents